Mūla > Suttapiṭaka > Majjhimanikāya > Majjhimapaṇṇāsapāḷi

THA Vol 2
MMR Vol 2
VRI Vol 2
PTS Vol 2

Misc. Paragraph

5. Brāhmaṇavaggo

1. Brahmāyusuttaṃ

383. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā videhesu cārikaṃ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Tena kho pana samayena brahmāyu brāhmaṇo mithilāyaṃ paṭivasati jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, vīsavassasatiko jātiyā, tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ [bedānaṃ (ka.)] pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. Assosi kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo – ‘‘samaṇo khalu bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito videhesu cārikaṃ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Sādhu ¶ kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī’’’ti.

384. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena brahmāyussa brāhmaṇassa uttaro nāma māṇavo antevāsī hoti tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo uttaraṃ māṇavaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ayaṃ, tāta uttara, samaṇo gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito videhesu ¶ cārikaṃ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho…pe… sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ ¶ hotī’ti. Ehi tvaṃ, tāta uttara, yena samaṇo gotamo tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ jānāhi yadi vā taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ tathā santaṃyeva saddo abbhuggato, yadi vā no tathā; yadi vā so bhavaṃ gotamo tādiso, yadi vā na tādiso. Tathā mayaṃ taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ vedissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ panāhaṃ, bho, taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ jānissāmi yadi vā taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ tathā santaṃyeva saddo abbhuggato, yadi vā no tathā; yadi vā so bhavaṃ gotamo tādiso, yadi vā na tādiso’’ti. ‘‘Āgatāni kho, tāta uttara, amhākaṃ mantesu dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni, yehi samannāgatassa mahāpurisassa dveyeva gatiyo bhavanti anaññā ¶ . Sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Tassimāni satta ratanāni bhavanti, seyyathidaṃ – cakkaratanaṃ, hatthiratanaṃ, assaratanaṃ, maṇiratanaṃ, itthiratanaṃ, gahapatiratanaṃ, pariṇāyakaratanameva sattamaṃ. Parosahassaṃ kho panassa puttā bhavanti sūrā vīraṅgarūpā parasenappamaddanā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ sāgarapariyantaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena [dhammena samena (ka.)] abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati, arahaṃ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado. Ahaṃ kho pana, tāta uttara, mantānaṃ dātā; tvaṃ mantānaṃ paṭiggahetā’’ti.

385. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho uttaro māṇavo brahmāyussa brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā brahmāyuṃ brāhmaṇaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā videhesu yena bhagavā tena cārikaṃ ¶ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho uttaro māṇavo bhagavato kāye dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni samannesi. Addasā ¶ kho uttaro māṇavo bhagavato kāye dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni, yebhuyyena thapetvā dve. Dvīsu mahāpurisalakkhaṇesu kaṅkhati ¶ vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati – kosohite ca vatthaguyhe, pahūtajivhatāya ca. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘passati kho me ayaṃ uttaro māṇavo dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni ¶ , yebhuyyena thapetvā dve. Dvīsu mahāpurisalakkhaṇesu kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati – kosohite ca vatthaguyhe, pahūtajivhatāya cā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkhāsi yathā addasa uttaro māṇavo bhagavato kosohitaṃ vatthaguyhaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā jivhaṃ ninnāmetvā ubhopi kaṇṇasotāni anumasi paṭimasi [parimasi (sī. ka.)]; ubhopi nāsikasotāni [nāsikāsotāni (sī.)] anumasi paṭimasi; kevalampi nalāṭamaṇḍalaṃ jivhāya chādesi. Atha kho uttarassa māṇavassa etadahosi – ‘‘samannāgato kho samaṇo gotamo dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇehi. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ anubandheyyaṃ, iriyāpathamassa passeyya’’nti. Atha kho uttaro māṇavo sattamāsāni bhagavantaṃ anubandhi chāyāva anapāyinī [anupāyinī (syā. kaṃ. ka.)].

386. Atha kho uttaro māṇavo sattannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena videhesu yena mithilā tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena mithilā yena brahmāyu brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā brahmāyuṃ brāhmaṇaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ ¶ nisinnaṃ kho uttaraṃ māṇavaṃ brahmāyu brāhmaṇo etadavoca – ‘‘kacci, tāta uttara, taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ tathā santaṃyeva saddo abbhuggato ¶ , no aññathā? Kacci pana so bhavaṃ gotamo tādiso, no aññādiso’’ti? ‘‘Tathā santaṃyeva, bho, taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saddo abbhuggato, no aññathā; tādisova [tādisova bho (sī. pī.), tādiso ca kho (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] so bhavaṃ gotamo, no aññādiso. Samannāgato ca [samannāgato ca bho (sabbattha)] so bhavaṃ gotamo dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇehi.

‘‘Suppatiṭṭhitapādo kho pana bhavaṃ gotamo; idampi tassa bhoto gotamassa mahāpurisassa mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ bhavati.

‘‘Heṭṭhā kho pana tassa bhoto gotamassa pādatalesu cakkāni jātāni sahassārāni sanemikāni sanābhikāni sabbākāraparipūrāni…

‘‘Ṭhitako kho pana so bhavaṃ gotamo anonamanto ubhohi pāṇitalehi jaṇṇukāni parimasati parimajjati…

‘‘Sukhumacchavi kho pana so bhavaṃ gotamo. Sukhumattā chaviyā rajojallaṃ kāye na upalimpati…

‘‘Ekekalomo kho pana so bhavaṃ ¶ gotamo; ekekāni lomāni lomakūpesu jātāni…

‘‘Uddhaggalomo kho pana so bhavaṃ gotamo; uddhaggāni lomāni jātāni nīlāni añjanavaṇṇāni kuṇḍalāvaṭṭāni dakkhiṇāvaṭṭakajātāni…

‘‘Nigrodhaparimaṇḍalo kho pana so bhavaṃ gotamo; yāvatakvassa kāyo tāvatakvassa byāmo, yāvatakvassa byāmo tāvatakvassa kāyo…

‘‘Uṇṇā kho panassa bhoto gotamassa bhamukantare jātā odātā mudutūlasannibhā…

‘‘Uṇhīsasīso kho pana so bhavaṃ gotamo; idampi tassa bhoto gotamassa mahāpurisassa mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ bhavati.

‘‘Imehi kho, bho, so bhavaṃ gotamo dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇehi samannāgato.

387. ‘‘Gacchanto kho pana so bhavaṃ gotamo dakkhiṇeneva pādena ¶ paṭhamaṃ pakkamati. So nātidūre pādaṃ uddharati, nāccāsanne pādaṃ nikkhipati; so nātisīghaṃ gacchati, nātisaṇikaṃ gacchati; na ca adduvena adduvaṃ saṅghaṭṭento gacchati, na ca gopphakena gopphakaṃ saṅghaṭṭento gacchati. So gacchanto na satthiṃ unnāmeti, na satthiṃ onāmeti; na satthiṃ sannāmeti, na satthiṃ vināmeti. Gacchato kho pana tassa bhoto gotamassa adharakāyova [aḍḍhakāyova (ka.), āraddhakāyova (syā. kaṃ.)] iñjati, na ca kāyabalena gacchati. Apalokento kho pana so bhavaṃ gotamo sabbakāyeneva apaloketi; so na uddhaṃ ulloketi, na adho oloketi; na ca vipekkhamāno gacchati, yugamattañca pekkhati; tato cassa uttari anāvaṭaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ bhavati. So antaragharaṃ pavisanto na kāyaṃ unnāmeti ¶ , na kāyaṃ onāmeti; na kāyaṃ sannāmeti, na ¶ kāyaṃ vināmeti. So nātidūre nāccāsanne āsanassa parivattati, na ca pāṇinā ālambitvā āsane nisīdati, na ca āsanasmiṃ kāyaṃ pakkhipati. So antaraghare nisinno samāno na hatthakukkuccaṃ āpajjati, na pādakukkuccaṃ āpajjati; na adduvena adduvaṃ āropetvā nisīdati; na ca gopphakena gopphakaṃ āropetvā nisīdati; na ca pāṇinā hanukaṃ upadahitvā [upādiyitvā (sī. pī.)] nisīdati. So antaraghare nisinno samāno na chambhati na kampati na vedhati na paritassati. So achambhī akampī avedhī aparitassī vigatalomahaṃso. Vivekavatto ca so bhavaṃ gotamo antaraghare nisinno hoti. So pattodakaṃ paṭiggaṇhanto ¶ na pattaṃ unnāmeti, na pattaṃ onāmeti; na pattaṃ sannāmeti, na pattaṃ vināmeti. So pattodakaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti nātithokaṃ nātibahuṃ. So na khulukhulukārakaṃ [bulubulukārakaṃ (sī.)] pattaṃ dhovati, na samparivattakaṃ pattaṃ dhovati, na ¶ pattaṃ bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipitvā hatthe dhovati; hatthesu dhotesu patto dhoto hoti, patte dhote hatthā dhotā honti. So pattodakaṃ chaḍḍeti nātidūre nāccāsanne, na ca vicchaḍḍayamāno. So odanaṃ paṭiggaṇhanto na pattaṃ unnāmeti, na pattaṃ onāmeti; na pattaṃ sannāmeti, na pattaṃ vināmeti. So odanaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti nātithokaṃ nātibahuṃ. Byañjanaṃ kho pana bhavaṃ gotamo byañjanamattāya āhāreti, na ca byañjanena ālopaṃ atināmeti. Dvattikkhattuṃ kho bhavaṃ gotamo mukhe ālopaṃ samparivattetvā ajjhoharati; na cassa kāci odanamiñjā asambhinnā kāyaṃ pavisati, na cassa kāci odanamiñjā mukhe avasiṭṭhā hoti; athāparaṃ ālopaṃ upanāmeti. Rasapaṭisaṃvedī kho pana so bhavaṃ gotamo āhāraṃ āhāreti, no ca rasarāgapaṭisaṃvedī.

‘‘Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ [aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato (ka.)] kho pana so bhavaṃ gotamo āhāraṃ āhāreti – neva davāya, na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya, vihiṃsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya – ‘iti purāṇañca ¶ vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me ¶ bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’ti ¶ . So bhuttāvī pattodakaṃ paṭiggaṇhanto na pattaṃ unnāmeti, na pattaṃ onāmeti; na pattaṃ sannāmeti, na pattaṃ vināmeti. So pattodakaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti nātithokaṃ nātibahuṃ. So na khulukhulukārakaṃ pattaṃ dhovati, na samparivattakaṃ pattaṃ dhovati, na pattaṃ bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipitvā hatthe dhovati; hatthesu dhotesu patto dhoto hoti, patte dhote hatthā dhotā honti. So pattodakaṃ chaḍḍeti nātidūre nāccāsanne, na ca vicchaḍḍayamāno. So bhuttāvī na pattaṃ bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipati nātidūre nāccāsanne, na ca anatthiko pattena hoti, na ca ativelānurakkhī pattasmiṃ. So bhuttāvī muhuttaṃ tuṇhī nisīdati, na ca anumodanassa kālamatināmeti. So bhuttāvī anumodati, na taṃ bhattaṃ garahati, na aññaṃ bhattaṃ paṭikaṅkhati; aññadatthu dhammiyā kathāya taṃ parisaṃ sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti. So taṃ parisaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamati. So nātisīghaṃ gacchati, nātisaṇikaṃ gacchati, na ca muccitukāmo gacchati; na ca tassa bhoto gotamassa kāye cīvaraṃ accukkaṭṭhaṃ hoti na ca accokkaṭṭhaṃ, na ca kāyasmiṃ allīnaṃ na ca kāyasmā apakaṭṭhaṃ; na ca tassa bhoto gotamassa kāyamhā vāto cīvaraṃ apavahati; na ca tassa bhoto ¶ gotamassa kāye rajojallaṃ upalimpati ¶ . So ārāmagato nisīdati paññatte āsane. Nisajja pāde pakkhāleti; na ca so bhavaṃ gotamo pādamaṇḍanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. So pāde pakkhāletvā nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. So neva attabyābādhāya ceteti, na parabyābādhāya ceteti, na ubhayabyābādhāya ceteti; attahitaparahitaubhayahitasabbalokahitameva ¶ so bhavaṃ gotamo cintento nisinno hoti. So ārāmagato parisati dhammaṃ deseti, na taṃ parisaṃ ussādeti, na taṃ parisaṃ apasādeti; aññadatthu dhammiyā kathāya taṃ parisaṃ sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti.

‘‘Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato kho panassa bhoto gotamassa mukhato ghoso niccharati – vissaṭṭho ca, viññeyyo ca, mañju ca, savanīyo ca, bindu ca, avisārī ca, gambhīro ca, ninnādī ca. Yathāparisaṃ kho pana so bhavaṃ ¶ gotamo sarena viññāpeti, na cassa bahiddhā parisāya ghoso niccharati. Te tena bhotā gotamena dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamanti avalokayamānāyeva [apalokayamānāyeva (sī. ka.)] avijahitattā [avijahantābhāvena (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)]. Addasāma kho mayaṃ, bho, taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ gacchantaṃ, addasāma ṭhitaṃ, addasāma antaragharaṃ pavisantaṃ, addasāma antaraghare nisinnaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ, addasāma antaraghare bhuñjantaṃ, addasāma bhuttāviṃ nisinnaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ, addasāma bhuttāviṃ anumodantaṃ, addasāma ārāmaṃ ¶ gacchantaṃ, addasāma ārāmagataṃ nisinnaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ, addasāma ārāmagataṃ parisati dhammaṃ desentaṃ. Ediso ca ediso ca so bhavaṃ gotamo, tato ca bhiyyo’’ti.

388. Evaṃ vutte, brahmāyu brāhmaṇo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ udānaṃ udāneti –

‘‘Appeva nāma mayaṃ kadāci karahaci tena bhotā gotamena samāgaccheyyāma? Appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo’’ti!

389. Atha kho bhagavā videhesu anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena mithilā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā mithilāyaṃ viharati maghadevambavane. Assosuṃ kho mithileyyakā [methileyyakā (sī. pī.)] brāhmaṇagahapatikā – ‘‘samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo ¶ sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito videhesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi mithilaṃ anuppatto, mithilāyaṃ viharati maghadevambavane. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ ¶ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti ¶ . So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī’’’ti.

Atha kho mithileyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu; appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu; appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu; appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu; appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.

390. Assosi kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo – ‘‘samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito mithilaṃ anuppatto, mithilāyaṃ viharati maghadevambavane’’ti. Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo sambahulehi sāvakehi saddhiṃ yena maghadevambavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho brahmāyuno brāhmaṇassa avidūre ambavanassa etadahosi – ‘‘na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ yohaṃ pubbe appaṭisaṃvidito ¶ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkameyya’’nti. Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo aññataraṃ māṇavakaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, māṇavaka, yena samaṇo gotamo tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ puccha – ‘brahmāyu, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchatī’ti. Evañca vadehi – ‘brahmāyu, bho ¶ gotama, brāhmaṇo jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, vīsavassasatiko jātiyā, tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. Yāvatā, bho, brāhmaṇagahapatikā mithilāyaṃ paṭivasanti, brahmāyu tesaṃ brāhmaṇo aggamakkhāyati – yadidaṃ bhogehi; brahmāyu tesaṃ brāhmaṇo aggamakkhāyati – yadidaṃ mantehi; brahmāyu ¶ tesaṃ brāhmaṇo aggamakkhāyati – yadidaṃ āyunā ceva yasasā ca. So bhoto gotamassa dassanakāmo’’’ti.

‘‘Evaṃ ¶ , bho’’ti kho so māṇavako brahmāyussa brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho so māṇavako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘brahmāyu, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchati; evañca vadeti – ‘brahmāyu, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, vīsavassasatiko jātiyā, tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu ¶ anavayo. Yāvatā, bho, brāhmaṇagahapatikā mithilāyaṃ paṭivasanti, brahmāyu tesaṃ brāhmaṇo aggamakkhāyati – yadidaṃ bhogehi; brahmāyu tesaṃ brāhmaṇo aggamakkhāyati – yadidaṃ mantehi; brahmāyu tesaṃ brāhmaṇo aggamakkhāyati – yadidaṃ āyunā ceva yasasā ca. So bhoto gotamassa dassanakāmo’’’ti. ‘‘Yassadāni, māṇava, brahmāyu brāhmaṇo kālaṃ maññatī’’ti. Atha kho so māṇavako yena brahmāyu brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā brahmāyuṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘katāvakāso khomhi bhavatā samaṇena gotamena. Yassadāni bhavaṃ kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.

391. Atha ¶ kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho sā parisā brahmāyuṃ brāhmaṇaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna oramiya [oramattha (syā. kaṃ. pī.), oramatha, oramati (ka.), atha naṃ (sī.), oramiyāti pana tvāpaccayantatathasaṃvaṇṇanānurūpaṃ visodhitapadaṃ] okāsamakāsi yathā taṃ ñātassa yasassino. Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo taṃ parisaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, bho! Nisīdatha tumhe sake āsane. Idhāhaṃ samaṇassa gotamassa santike nisīdissāmī’’ti.

Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo bhagavato ¶ kāye ¶ dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni samannesi. Addasā kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo bhagavato ¶ kāye dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni, yebhuyyena ṭhapetvā dve. Dvīsu mahāpurisalakkhaṇesu kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati – kosohite ca vatthaguyhe, pahūtajivhatāya ca. Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi –

Nārīsamānasavhayā, kacci jivhā na dassakā [nārīsahanāma savhayā, kacci jivhā narassikā; (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)].

392. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘passati kho me ayaṃ brahmāyu brāhmaṇo dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni, yebhuyyena ṭhapetvā dve. Dvīsu mahāpurisalakkhaṇesu kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati – kosohite ca vatthaguyhe, pahūtajivhatāya cā’’ti ¶ . Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkhāsi yathā addasa brahmāyu brāhmaṇo bhagavato kosohitaṃ vatthaguyhaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā jivhaṃ ninnāmetvā ubhopi kaṇṇasotāni anumasi paṭimasi; ubhopi nāsikasotāni ¶ anumasi paṭimasi; kevalampi nalāṭamaṇḍalaṃ jivhāya chādesi. Atha kho bhagavā brahmāyuṃ brāhmaṇaṃ gāthāhi paccabhāsi –

393. Atha kho brahmāyussa brāhmaṇassa etadahosi – ‘‘katāvakāso khomhi samaṇena gotamena. Kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ puccheyyaṃ – ‘diṭṭhadhammikaṃ vā atthaṃ samparāyikaṃ vā’’’ti. Atha kho brahmāyussa brāhmaṇassa etadahosi – ‘‘kusalo kho ahaṃ diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ atthānaṃ. Aññepi maṃ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ atthaṃ pucchanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ samparāyikaṃyeva atthaṃ puccheyya’’nti. Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi –

Evaṃ vutte, brahmāyu brāhmaṇo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbati, pāṇīhi ca parisambāhati, nāmañca sāveti – ‘‘brahmāyu ahaṃ, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo; brahmāyu ahaṃ, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo’’ti. Atha kho sā parisā acchariyabbhutacittajātā ahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho! Yatra hi nāmāyaṃ brahmāyu brāhmaṇo ñāto yasassī evarūpaṃ paramanipaccakāraṃ karissatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā brahmāyuṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca ¶ – ‘‘alaṃ, brāhmaṇa, uṭṭhaha nisīda tvaṃ sake āsane yato te mayi cittaṃ pasanna’’nti. Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo uṭṭhahitvā sake āsane nisīdi.

395. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā brahmāyussa brāhmaṇassa anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ, sīlakathaṃ, saggakathaṃ; kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā bhagavā ¶ aññāsi brahmāyuṃ brāhmaṇaṃ kallacittaṃ muducittaṃ vinīvaraṇacittaṃ udaggacittaṃ pasannacittaṃ, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva brahmāyussa brāhmaṇassa tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti. Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama! Seyyathāpi, bho gotama, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya – cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti – evamevaṃ bhotā ¶ gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gataṃ. Adhivāsetu ca me bhavaṃ gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi ¶ . Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bho gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti.

Atha ¶ kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena brahmāyussa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo sattāhaṃ buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. Atha kho bhagavā tassa sattāhassa accayena videhesu cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo acirapakkantassa bhagavato kālamakāsi. Atha kho sambahulā ¶ bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘brahmāyu, bhante, brāhmaṇo kālaṅkato. Tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’ti? ‘‘Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, brahmāyu brāhmaṇo paccapādi dhammassānudhammaṃ, na ca maṃ dhammādhikaraṇaṃ vihesesi. Brahmāyu, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇo pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti, tattha parinibbāyī, anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā’’ti.

Idamavoca ¶ bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.

396. Evaṃ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā aṅguttarāpesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhateḷasehi bhikkhusatehi yena āpaṇaṃ nāma aṅguttarāpānaṃ nigamo tadavasari. Assosi kho keṇiyo jaṭilo – ‘‘samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito aṅguttarāpesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhateḷasehi bhikkhusatehi āpaṇaṃ anuppatto. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī’’’ti.

Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ¶ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho keṇiyaṃ jaṭilaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi ¶ . Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me bhavaṃ gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, bhagavā keṇiyaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mahā kho, keṇiya, bhikkhusaṅgho aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatāni, tvañca brāhmaṇesu abhippasanno’’ti. Dutiyampi kho keṇiyo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kiñcāpi kho, bho gotama, mahā bhikkhusaṅgho aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatāni, ahañca brāhmaṇesu abhippasanno; adhivāsetu me bhavaṃ gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā keṇiyaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mahā kho, keṇiya, bhikkhusaṅgho aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatāni, tvañca brāhmaṇesu abhippasanno’’ti. Tatiyampi kho keṇiyo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kiñcāpi kho, bho gotama, mahā bhikkhusaṅgho aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatāni, ahañca brāhmaṇesu abhippasanno; adhivāsetu me bhavaṃ gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti ¶ . Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena sako assamo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā mittāmacce ñātisālohite āmantesi – ‘‘suṇantu me bhonto, mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā; samaṇo me gotamo nimantito svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Yena me kāyaveyyāvaṭikaṃ [kāyaveyāvaṭṭikaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ.), kāyaveyyāvatikaṃ (ka.)] kareyyāthā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho ¶ keṇiyassa jaṭilassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā keṇiyassa jaṭilassa paṭissutvā appekacce uddhanāni khaṇanti, appekacce kaṭṭhāni phālenti, appekacce bhājanāni dhovanti, appekacce udakamaṇikaṃ patiṭṭhāpenti, appekacce āsanāni paññapenti. Keṇiyo pana jaṭilo sāmaṃyeva maṇḍalamālaṃ paṭiyādeti.

397. Tena kho pana samayena selo brāhmaṇo āpaṇe paṭivasati tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ ¶ , padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo, tīṇi ca māṇavakasatāni mante vāceti. Tena kho pana samayena keṇiyo jaṭilo sele brāhmaṇe abhippasanno hoti. Atha kho selo brāhmaṇo tīhi māṇavakasatehi parivuto jaṅghāvihāraṃ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno yena keṇiyassa jaṭilassa assamo tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho selo brāhmaṇo keṇiyassa jaṭilassa assame appekacce uddhanāni khaṇante, appekacce kaṭṭhāni phālente, appekacce bhājanāni dhovante, appekacce udakamaṇikaṃ patiṭṭhāpente, appekacce āsanāni paññapente, keṇiyaṃ pana jaṭilaṃ sāmaṃyeva maṇḍalamālaṃ paṭiyādentaṃ. Disvāna keṇiyaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kiṃ nu bhoto keṇiyassa āvāho vā bhavissati vivāho vā bhavissati mahāyañño vā paccupaṭṭhito, rājā vā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro nimantito svātanāya saddhiṃ balakāyenā’’ti? ‘‘Na me, bho sela, āvāho ¶ bhavissati napi vivāho bhavissati napi rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro nimantito svātanāya saddhiṃ balakāyena; api ca kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito. Atthi, bho, samaṇo gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito aṅguttarāpesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhateḷasehi bhikkhusatehi āpaṇaṃ anuppatto. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. So me nimantito svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti.

398. Atha kho selassa brāhmaṇassa etadahosi – ‘‘ghosopi kho eso dullabho lokasmiṃ – yadidaṃ ‘buddho’ti [yadidaṃ buddho buddhoti (ka.)]. Āgatāni kho panamhākaṃ mantesu dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni, yehi samannāgatassa mahāpurisassa ¶ dveyeva gatiyo bhavanti anaññā. Sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Tassimāni satta ratanāni bhavanti, seyyathidaṃ – cakkaratanaṃ, hatthiratanaṃ, assaratanaṃ, maṇiratanaṃ, itthiratanaṃ, gahapatiratanaṃ, pariṇāyakaratanameva sattamaṃ. Parosahassaṃ kho panassa puttā bhavanti sūrā vīraṅgarūpā parasenappamaddanā. So ¶ imaṃ pathaviṃ sāgarapariyantaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. Sace pana agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati, arahaṃ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado’’.

‘‘Kahaṃ pana, bho keṇiya, etarahi so bhavaṃ gotamo viharati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho’’ti? Evaṃ vutte, keṇiyo jaṭilo dakkhiṇaṃ bāhuṃ paggahetvā selaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yenesā, bho sela, nīlavanarājī’’ti. Atha kho selo brāhmaṇo tīhi māṇavakasatehi saddhiṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho selo brāhmaṇo te māṇavake āmantesi – ‘‘appasaddā bhonto āgacchantu pade padaṃ [pāde pādaṃ (sī.)] nikkhipantā; durāsadā [dūrasaddā (ka.)] hi te bhagavanto sīhāva ekacarā. Yadā cāhaṃ, bho, samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ manteyyaṃ, mā me bhonto antarantarā kathaṃ opātetha. Kathāpariyosānaṃ me bhavanto āgamentū’’ti. Atha kho selo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho selo brāhmaṇo bhagavato kāye dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni samannesi.

Addasā kho selo brāhmaṇo bhagavato kāye dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni, yebhuyyena ṭhapetvā dve. Dvīsu mahāpurisalakkhaṇesu kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati – kosohite ¶ ca vatthaguyhe, pahūtajivhatāya ca. Atha ¶ kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘passati kho me ayaṃ selo brāhmaṇo dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni, yebhuyyena ṭhapetvā dve. Dvīsu mahāpurisalakkhaṇesu kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati – kosohite ¶ ca vatthaguyhe, pahūtajivhatāya cā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkhāsi, yathā addasa selo brāhmaṇo bhagavato kosohitaṃ vatthaguyhaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā jivhaṃ ninnāmetvā ubhopi kaṇṇasotāni anumasi paṭimasi; ubhopi nāsikasotāni anumasi paṭimasi; kevalampi nalāṭamaṇḍalaṃ jivhāya chādesi. Atha kho selassa brāhmaṇassa etadahosi – ‘‘samannāgato kho samaṇo gotamo dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇehi paripuṇṇehi, no aparipuṇṇehi; no ca kho naṃ jānāmi buddho vā no vā. Sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘ye te bhavanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā te sake vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attānaṃ pātukarontī’ti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyya’’nti.

399. Atha kho selo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi –

Suvaṇṇavaṇṇosi bhagavā, susukkadāṭhosi vīriyavā [viriyavā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)].

‘‘Pasannanetto ¶ sumukho, brahā [brahmā (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] uju patāpavā;

‘‘Khattiyā ¶ bhogirājāno, anuyantā [anuyuttā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] bhavantu te;

‘‘Mayā pavattitaṃ cakkaṃ, (selāti bhagavā dhammacakkaṃ anuttaraṃ;

‘‘Etañce [evañce (syā. kaṃ.)] ruccati bhoto, sammāsambuddhasāsanaṃ [sammāsambuddhasāsane (katthaci suttanipāte)];

‘‘Svākkhātaṃ ¶ brahmacariyaṃ, (selāti bhagavā sandiṭṭhikamakālikaṃ;

Alattha kho selo brāhmaṇo sapariso bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ.

400. Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena sake assame paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ¶ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bho gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena keṇiyassa jaṭilassa assamo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi, sampavāresi. Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho keṇiyaṃ jaṭilaṃ bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi –

Atha kho bhagavā keṇiyaṃ jaṭilaṃ imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

Atha kho āyasmā selo sapariso eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti abbhaññāsi. Aññataro kho panāyasmā selo ¶ sapariso arahataṃ ahosi. Atha kho āyasmā selo sapariso yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi –

401. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena nānāverajjakānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ pañcamattāni brāhmaṇasatāni sāvatthiyaṃ paṭivasanti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho tesaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho samaṇo gotamo cātuvaṇṇiṃ suddhiṃ paññapeti. Ko nu kho pahoti samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ asmiṃ vacane paṭimantetu’’nti? Tena kho pana samayena assalāyano nāma māṇavo sāvatthiyaṃ paṭivasati daharo, vuttasiro, soḷasavassuddesiko jātiyā, tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. Atha kho tesaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho assalāyano māṇavo sāvatthiyaṃ paṭivasati daharo, vuttasiro, soḷasavassuddesiko jātiyā, tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū…pe… anavayo. So kho pahoti samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ asmiṃ vacane paṭimantetu’’nti.

Atha kho te brāhmaṇā yena assalāyano māṇavo tenupaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā assalāyanaṃ māṇavaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ayaṃ, bho assalāyana ¶ , samaṇo gotamo cātuvaṇṇiṃ suddhiṃ paññapeti. Etu bhavaṃ assalāyano samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ asmiṃ vacane paṭimantetū’’ti [paṭimantetunti (pī. ka.)].

Evaṃ vutte, assalāyano māṇavo te brāhmaṇe etadavoca ¶ – ‘‘samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo dhammavādī; dhammavādino ca pana duppaṭimantiyā bhavanti. Nāhaṃ sakkomi samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ asmiṃ vacane paṭimantetu’’nti. Dutiyampi kho te brāhmaṇā assalāyanaṃ māṇavaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ayaṃ, bho assalāyana, samaṇo gotamo cātuvaṇṇiṃ suddhiṃ paññapeti. Etu bhavaṃ assalāyano samaṇena gotamena ¶ saddhiṃ asmiṃ vacane paṭimantetu [paṭimantetuṃ (sī. pī. ka.)]. Caritaṃ kho pana bhotā assalāyanena paribbājaka’’nti. Dutiyampi kho assalāyano māṇavo te brāhmaṇe etadavoca – ‘‘samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo dhammavādī; dhammavādino ca pana duppaṭimantiyā bhavanti ¶ . Nāhaṃ sakkomi samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ asmiṃ vacane paṭimantetu’’nti. Tatiyampi kho te brāhmaṇā assalāyanaṃ māṇavaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ayaṃ, bho assalāyana, samaṇo gotamo cātuvaṇṇiṃ suddhiṃ paññapeti. Etu bhavaṃ assalāyano samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ asmiṃ vacane paṭimantetu [paṭimantetuṃ (sī. pī. ka.)]. Caritaṃ kho pana bhotā assalāyanena paribbājakaṃ. Mā bhavaṃ assalāyano ayuddhaparājitaṃ parājayī’’ti.

Evaṃ vutte, assalāyano māṇavo te brāhmaṇe etadavoca – ‘‘addhā kho ahaṃ bhavanto na labhāmi. Samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo dhammavādī; dhammavādino ca pana duppaṭimantiyā bhavanti. Nāhaṃ sakkomi samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ asmiṃ vacane paṭimantetunti. Api cāhaṃ bhavantānaṃ vacanena gamissāmī’’ti.

402. Atha kho assalāyano māṇavo mahatā brāhmaṇagaṇena saddhiṃ ¶ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho assalāyano māṇavo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘brāhmaṇā, bho gotama, evamāhaṃsu – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo; brāhmaṇova sukko vaṇṇo, kaṇho añño vaṇṇo; brāhmaṇova sujjhanti, no abrāhmaṇā; brāhmaṇāva brahmuno puttā ¶ orasā mukhato jātā brahmajā brahmanimmitā brahmadāyādā’ti. Idha bhavaṃ gotamo kimāhā’’ti? ‘‘Dissanti [dissante (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] kho pana, assalāyana, brāhmaṇānaṃ brāhmaṇiyo utuniyopi gabbhiniyopi vijāyamānāpi pāyamānāpi. Te ca brāhmaṇiyonijāva samānā evamāhaṃsu – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo; brāhmaṇova sukko vaṇṇo, kaṇho añño vaṇṇo; brāhmaṇāva sujjhanti, no abrāhmaṇā; brāhmaṇāva brahmuno puttā orasā mukhato jātā brahmajā brahmanimmitā brahmadāyādā’’’ti. ‘‘Kiñcāpi ¶ bhavaṃ gotamo evamāha, atha khvettha brāhmaṇā evametaṃ maññanti – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo…pe… brahmadāyādā’’’ti.

403. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, assalāyana, sutaṃ te – ‘yonakambojesu aññesu ca paccantimesu janapadesu dveva vaṇṇā – ayyo ceva dāso ca; ayyo hutvā dāso hoti, dāso ¶ hutvā ayyo hotī’’’ti ¶ ? ‘‘Evaṃ, bho, sutaṃ taṃ me – ‘yonakambojesu aññesu ca paccantimesu janapadesu dveva vaṇṇā – ayyo ceva dāso ca; ayyo hutvā dāso hoti, dāso hutvā ayyo hotī’’’ti. ‘‘Ettha, assalāyana, brāhmaṇānaṃ kiṃ balaṃ, ko assāso yadettha brāhmaṇā evamāhaṃsu – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo…pe… brahmadāyādā’’’ti? ‘‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ gotamo evamāha, atha khvettha brāhmaṇā evametaṃ maññanti – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo…pe… brahmadāyādā’’’ti.

404. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, assalāyana, khattiyova nu kho pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesumicchācārī musāvādī pisuṇavāco pharusavāco samphappalāpī abhijjhālu byāpannacitto micchādiṭṭhi kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya, no brāhmaṇo? Vessova nu kho…pe… suddova nu kho pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesumicchācārī musāvādī pisuṇavāco pharusavāco samphappalāpī abhijjhālu byāpannacitto micchādiṭṭhi kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya, no brāhmaṇo’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama. Khattiyopi hi, bho ¶ gotama, pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesumicchācārī musāvādī pisuṇavāco pharusavāco samphappalāpī abhijjhālu byāpannacitto micchādiṭṭhi ¶ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya. Brāhmaṇopi hi, bho gotama…pe… vessopi hi, bho gotama…pe… suddopi hi, bho gotama…pe… sabbepi hi, bho gotama, cattāro vaṇṇā pāṇātipātino adinnādāyino ¶ kāmesumicchācārino musāvādino pisuṇavācā pharusavācā samphappalāpino abhijjhālū byāpannacittā micchādiṭṭhī kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyyu’’nti. ‘‘Ettha, assalāyana, brāhmaṇānaṃ kiṃ balaṃ, ko assāso yadettha brāhmaṇā evamāhaṃsu – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo…pe… brahmadāyādā’’’ti? ‘‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ gotamo evamāha, atha khvettha brāhmaṇā evametaṃ maññanti – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo…pe… brahmadāyādā’’’ti.

405. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, assalāyana, brāhmaṇova nu kho pāṇātipātā paṭivirato adinnādānā paṭivirato kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato musāvādā ¶ paṭivirato pisuṇāya vācāya ¶ paṭivirato pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato samphappalāpā paṭivirato anabhijjhālu abyāpannacitto sammādiṭṭhi kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyya, no [no ca (ka.)] khattiyo no vesso, no suddo’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama! Khattiyopi hi, bho gotama, pāṇātipātā paṭivirato adinnādānā paṭivirato kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato musāvādā paṭivirato pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato samphappalāpā paṭivirato anabhijjhālu abyāpannacitto sammādiṭṭhi kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyya. Brāhmaṇopi hi, bho gotama…pe… vessopi hi, bho gotama…pe… suddopi hi, bho gotama…pe… sabbepi hi, bho gotama, cattāro vaṇṇā pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā musāvādā paṭiviratā pisuṇāya vācāya paṭiviratā pharusāya vācāya paṭiviratā samphappalāpā paṭiviratā anabhijjhālū abyāpannacittā sammādiṭṭhī kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyu’’nti. ‘‘Ettha, assalāyana ¶ , brāhmaṇānaṃ kiṃ balaṃ, ko assāso yadettha brāhmaṇā evamāhaṃsu – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo…pe… brahmadāyādā’’’ti? ‘‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ gotamo evamāha, atha khvettha brāhmaṇā ¶ evametaṃ maññanti – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo…pe… brahmadāyādā’’’ti.

406. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, assalāyana, brāhmaṇova nu kho pahoti asmiṃ padese averaṃ abyābajjhaṃ mettacittaṃ bhāvetuṃ, no khattiyo, no vesso no suddo’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama! Khattiyopi hi, bho gotama, pahoti asmiṃ padese averaṃ abyābajjhaṃ mettacittaṃ bhāvetuṃ; brāhmaṇopi hi, bho gotama… vessopi hi ¶ , bho gotama… suddopi hi, bho gotama… sabbepi hi, bho gotama, cattāro vaṇṇā pahonti asmiṃ padese averaṃ abyābajjhaṃ mettacittaṃ bhāvetu’’nti. ‘‘Ettha, assalāyana, brāhmaṇānaṃ kiṃ balaṃ, ko assāso yadettha brāhmaṇā evamāhaṃsu – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo…pe… brahmadāyādā’’’ti? ‘‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ gotamo evamāha, atha khvettha brāhmaṇā evametaṃ maññanti – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo…pe… brahmadāyādā’’’ti.

407. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, assalāyana, brāhmaṇova nu kho pahoti sottisināniṃ ādāya ¶ nadiṃ gantvā rajojallaṃ pavāhetuṃ, no khattiyo, no vesso, no suddo’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama! Khattiyopi hi, bho gotama, pahoti sottisināniṃ ādāya nadiṃ gantvā rajojallaṃ pavāhetuṃ, brāhmaṇopi hi, bho gotama… vessopi hi, bho gotama… suddopi hi, bho gotama… sabbepi hi, bho gotama, cattāro vaṇṇā pahonti sottisināniṃ ādāya nadiṃ gantvā rajojallaṃ pavāhetu’’nti. ‘‘Ettha, assalāyana, brāhmaṇānaṃ kiṃ balaṃ, ko assāso yadettha brāhmaṇā evamāhaṃsu – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo…pe… brahmadāyādā’’’ti? ‘‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ gotamo evamāha, atha khvettha brāhmaṇā evametaṃ maññanti – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo…pe… ¶ brahmadāyādā’’’ti.

408. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, assalāyana, idha rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto ¶ nānājaccānaṃ purisānaṃ purisasataṃ sannipāteyya – ‘āyantu bhonto ye ¶ tattha khattiyakulā brāhmaṇakulā rājaññakulā uppannā, sākassa vā sālassa vā [uppannā sālassa vā (sī. pī.)] salaḷassa vā candanassa vā padumakassa vā uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya, aggiṃ abhinibbattentu, tejo pātukarontu. Āyantu pana bhonto ye tattha caṇḍālakulā nesādakulā venakulā [veṇakulā (sī. pī.), veṇukulā (syā. kaṃ.)] rathakārakulā pukkusakulā uppannā, sāpānadoṇiyā vā sūkaradoṇiyā vā rajakadoṇiyā vā eraṇḍakaṭṭhassa vā uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya, aggiṃ abhinibbattentu, tejo pātukarontū’ti.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, assalāyana, yo evaṃ nu kho so [yo ca nu kho (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] khattiyakulā brāhmaṇakulā rājaññakulā uppannehi sākassa vā sālassa vā salaḷassa vā candanassa vā padumakassa vā uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya aggi abhinibbatto, tejo pātukato, so eva nu khvāssa aggi accimā ceva [ca (sī. pī.)] vaṇṇavā [vaṇṇimā (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)] ca pabhassaro ca, tena ca sakkā agginā aggikaraṇīyaṃ kātuṃ; yo pana so caṇḍālakulā nesādakulā venakulā rathakārakulā pukkusakulā uppannehi sāpānadoṇiyā vā sūkaradoṇiyā vā rajakadoṇiyā vā eraṇḍakaṭṭhassa vā uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya aggi abhinibbatto, tejo pātukato svāssa aggi na ceva accimā na ca vaṇṇavā na ca pabhassaro, na ca tena sakkā agginā ¶ aggikaraṇīyaṃ kātu’’nti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama! Yopi hi so [yo so (sī. pī.)], bho gotama, khattiyakulā brāhmaṇakulā rājaññakulā uppannehi sākassa vā sālassa vā salaḷassa vā candanassa vā padumakassa vā uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya aggi abhinibbatto, tejo pātukato svāssa [so cassa (sī. pī.), sopissa (syā. kaṃ.)] aggi accimā ceva vaṇṇavā ca pabhassaro ca, tena ca sakkā agginā aggikaraṇīyaṃ kātuṃ; yopi so caṇḍālakulā nesādakulā venakulā rathakārakulā pukkusakulā uppannehi sāpānadoṇiyā vā sūkaradoṇiyā vā rajakadoṇiyā vā eraṇḍakaṭṭhassa vā uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya aggi ¶ abhinibbatto, tejo pātukato, svāssa aggi accimā ceva vaṇṇavā ca pabhassaro ca, tena ca sakkā agginā aggikaraṇīyaṃ kātuṃ. Sabbopi hi, bho gotama, aggi accimā ceva ¶ vaṇṇavā ca pabhassaro ca, sabbenapi sakkā ¶ agginā aggikaraṇīyaṃ kātu’’nti. ‘‘Ettha, assalāyana, brāhmaṇānaṃ kiṃ balaṃ, ko assāso yadettha brāhmaṇā evamāhaṃsu – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo; brāhmaṇova sukko vaṇṇo, kaṇho añño vaṇṇo; brāhmaṇāva sujjhanti, no abrāhmaṇā; brāhmaṇāva brahmuno puttā orasā mukhato jātā brahmajā brahmanimmitā brahmadāyādā’’’ti? ‘‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ gotamo evamāha, atha khvettha brāhmaṇā evametaṃ maññanti – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo…pe… brahmadāyādā’’’ti.

409. ‘‘Taṃ ¶ kiṃ maññasi, assalāyana, idha khattiyakumāro brāhmaṇakaññāya saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ kappeyya, tesaṃ saṃvāsamanvāya putto jāyetha; yo so khattiyakumārena brāhmaṇakaññāya putto uppanno, siyā so mātupi sadiso pitupi sadiso, ‘khattiyo’tipi vattabbo ‘brāhmaṇo’tipi vattabbo’’ti? ‘‘Yo so, bho gotama, khattiyakumārena brāhmaṇakaññāya putto uppanno, siyā so mātupi sadiso pitupi sadiso, ‘khattiyo’tipi vattabbo ‘brāhmaṇo’tipi vattabbo’’ti.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, assalāyana, idha brāhmaṇakumāro khattiyakaññāya saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ kappeyya, tesaṃ saṃvāsamanvāya putto jāyetha; yo so brāhmaṇakumārena khattiyakaññāya putto uppanno, siyā so mātupi sadiso pitupi sadiso, ‘khattiyo’tipi vattabbo ‘brāhmaṇo’tipi vattabbo’’ti? ‘‘Yo so, bho gotama, brāhmaṇakumārena khattiyakaññāya putto uppanno, siyā so mātupi sadiso pitupi sadiso, ‘khattiyo’tipi vattabbo ‘brāhmaṇo’tipi vattabbo’’ti.

‘‘Taṃ ¶ kiṃ maññasi, assalāyana idha vaḷavaṃ gadrabhena sampayojeyyuṃ [saṃyojeyya (ka.)], tesaṃ sampayogamanvāya kisoro jāyetha; yo so vaḷavāya gadrabhena kisoro uppanno, siyā so mātupi sadiso pitupi sadiso, ‘asso’tipi vattabbo ‘gadrabho’tipi vattabbo’’ti? ‘‘Kuṇḍañhi ¶ so [vekurañjāya hi so (sī. pī.), so kumāraṇḍupi so (syā. kaṃ.), vekulajo hi so (?)], bho gotama, assataro hoti. Idaṃ hissa ¶ , bho gotama, nānākaraṇaṃ ¶ passāmi; amutra ca panesānaṃ na kiñci nānākaraṇaṃ passāmī’’ti.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, assalāyana, idhāssu dve māṇavakā bhātaro saudariyā, eko ajjhāyako upanīto eko anajjhāyako anupanīto. Kamettha brāhmaṇā paṭhamaṃ bhojeyyuṃ saddhe vā thālipāke vā yaññe vā pāhune vā’’ti? ‘‘Yo so, bho gotama, māṇavako ajjhāyako upanīto tamettha brāhmaṇā paṭhamaṃ bhojeyyuṃ saddhe vā thālipāke vā yaññe vā pāhune vā. Kiñhi, bho gotama, anajjhāyake anupanīte dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ bhavissatī’’ti?

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, assalāyana, idhāssu dve māṇavakā bhātaro saudariyā, eko ajjhāyako upanīto dussīlo pāpadhammo, eko anajjhāyako anupanīto sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo. Kamettha brāhmaṇā paṭhamaṃ bhojeyyuṃ saddhe vā thālipāke vā yaññe vā pāhune vā’’ti? ‘‘Yo so, bho gotama, māṇavako anajjhāyako anupanīto sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo tamettha brāhmaṇā paṭhamaṃ bhojeyyuṃ saddhe vā thālipāke vā yaññe vā pāhune vā. Kiñhi, bho gotama, dussīle pāpadhamme dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ bhavissatī’’ti?

‘‘Pubbe kho tvaṃ, assalāyana, jātiṃ agamāsi; jātiṃ gantvā mante agamāsi; mante gantvā ¶ tape agamāsi; tape gantvā [mante gantvā tametaṃ tvaṃ (sī. pī.), mante gantvā tameva ṭhapetvā (syā. kaṃ.)] cātuvaṇṇiṃ suddhiṃ paccāgato, yamahaṃ paññapemī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, assalāyano māṇavo tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdi.

410. Atha kho bhagavā assalāyanaṃ māṇavaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ maṅkubhūtaṃ pattakkhandhaṃ adhomukhaṃ pajjhāyantaṃ appaṭibhānaṃ viditvā assalāyanaṃ māṇavaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘bhūtapubbaṃ, assalāyana, sattannaṃ brāhmaṇisīnaṃ araññāyatane paṇṇakuṭīsu sammantānaṃ [vasantānaṃ (sī.)] evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti ¶ – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño ¶ vaṇṇo…pe… brahmadāyādā’ti. Assosi kho ¶ , assalāyana, asito devalo isi – ‘sattannaṃ kira brāhmaṇisīnaṃ araññāyatane paṇṇakuṭīsu sammantānaṃ evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo…pe… brahmadāyādā’ti. Atha kho, assalāyana, asito devalo isi kesamassuṃ kappetvā mañjiṭṭhavaṇṇāni dussāni nivāsetvā paṭaliyo [aṭaliyo (sī. pī.), agaliyo (syā. kaṃ.)] upāhanā āruhitvā jātarūpamayaṃ daṇḍaṃ gahetvā sattannaṃ brāhmaṇisīnaṃ patthaṇḍile pāturahosi. Atha kho, assalāyana, asito devalo isi sattannaṃ brāhmaṇisīnaṃ patthaṇḍile caṅkamamāno evamāha – ‘handa, ko nu kho ime bhavanto brāhmaṇisayo gatā [gantā (syā. kaṃ. ka.)]; handa, ko nu kho ime bhavanto brāhmaṇisayo gatā’ti? Atha kho, assalāyana, sattannaṃ brāhmaṇisīnaṃ etadahosi – ‘ko ¶ nāyaṃ gāmaṇḍalarūpo viya sattannaṃ brāhmaṇisīnaṃ patthaṇḍile caṅkamamāno evamāha – ‘handa, ko nu kho ime bhavanto brāhmaṇisayo gatā; handa, ko nu kho ime bhavanto brāhmaṇisayo gatāti? Handa, naṃ abhisapāmā’ti. Atha kho, assalāyana, satta brāhmaṇisayo asitaṃ devalaṃ isiṃ abhisapiṃsu – ‘bhasmā, vasala [vasalī (pī.), vasali (ka.), capalī (syā. kaṃ.)], hohi; bhasmā, vasala, hohī’ti [bhasmā vasala hohīti abhisapavacanaṃ sī. pī. potthakesu sakideva āgataṃ]. Yathā yathā kho, assalāyana, satta brāhmaṇisayo asitaṃ devalaṃ isiṃ abhisapiṃsu tathā tathā asito devalo isi abhirūpataro ceva hoti dassanīyataro ca pāsādikataro ca. Atha kho, assalāyana, sattannaṃ brāhmaṇisīnaṃ etadahosi – ‘moghaṃ vata no tapo, aphalaṃ brahmacariyaṃ. Mayañhi pubbe yaṃ abhisapāma – bhasmā, vasala, hohi; bhasmā, vasala, hohīti bhasmāva bhavati ekacco. Imaṃ pana mayaṃ yathā yathā abhisapāma tathā tathā abhirūpataro ceva hoti dassanīyataro ca pāsādikataro cā’ti. ‘Na bhavantānaṃ moghaṃ tapo, nāphalaṃ brahmacariyaṃ. Iṅgha bhavanto, yo mayi manopadoso taṃ pajahathā’ti. ‘Yo ¶ bhavati manopadoso taṃ pajahāma. Ko nu bhavaṃ hotī’ti? ‘Suto nu bhavataṃ – asito devalo isī’ti? ‘Evaṃ, bho’. ‘So khvāhaṃ, bho, homī’ti. Atha kho, assalāyana, satta brāhmaṇisayo asitaṃ devalaṃ isiṃ abhivādetuṃ upakkamiṃsu.

411. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, assalāyana, asito devalo isi satta brāhmaṇisayo etadavoca – ‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bho, sattannaṃ kira brāhmaṇisīnaṃ araññāyatane paṇṇakuṭīsu sammantānaṃ evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ ¶ – brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo; brāhmaṇova sukko vaṇṇo ¶ , kaṇho añño vaṇṇo; brāhmaṇāva sujjhanti, no abrāhmaṇā; brāhmaṇāva brahmuno puttā orasā mukhato jātā brahmajā brahmanimmitā brahmadāyādā’ti. ‘Evaṃ, bho’.

‘‘‘Jānanti pana bhonto – yā janikā mātā [janimātā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] brāhmaṇaṃyeva agamāsi, no abrāhmaṇa’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, bho’.

‘‘‘Jānanti pana bhonto – yā janikāmātu [janimātu (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] mātā yāva sattamā mātumātāmahayugā brāhmaṇaṃyeva agamāsi, no abrāhmaṇa’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, bho’.

‘‘‘Jānanti pana bhonto – yo janako pitā [janipitā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] brāhmaṇiṃyeva agamāsi, no abrāhmaṇi’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, bho’.

‘‘‘Jānanti pana bhonto – yo janakapitu [janipitu (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] pitā yāva sattamā pitupitāmahayugā brāhmaṇiṃyeva agamāsi, no abrāhmaṇi’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, bho’.

‘‘‘Jānanti pana bhonto – yathā gabbhassa avakkanti hotī’ti [na mayaṃ jānāma bho yathā gabbhassa avakkanti hotīti. yathā kathaṃ pana bho gabbhassa avakkanti hotīti. (ka.)]? ‘Jānāma mayaṃ, bho – yathā gabbhassa avakkanti hoti [na mayaṃ jānāma bho yathā gabbhassa avakkanti hotīti. yathā kathaṃ pana bho gabbhassa avakkanti hotīti. (ka.)]. Idha ¶ mātāpitaro ca sannipatitā honti, mātā ca utunī hoti, gandhabbo ca paccupaṭṭhito hoti; evaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sannipātā gabbhassa avakkanti hotī’ti.

‘‘‘Jānanti pana bhonto – taggha [yagghe (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)], so gandhabbo khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vā’ti? ‘Na mayaṃ, bho, jānāma – taggha so gandhabbo khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vā’ti. ‘Evaṃ sante, bho, jānātha – ke tumhe hothā’ti? ‘Evaṃ sante, bho ¶ , na mayaṃ jānāma ¶ – ke mayaṃ homā’ti. Te hi nāma, assalāyana, satta brāhmaṇisayo asitena devalena isinā sake jātivāde samanuyuñjīyamānā samanuggāhīyamānā samanubhāsīyamānā na sampāyissanti; kiṃ pana tvaṃ etarahi mayā sakasmiṃ jātivāde samanuyuñjīyamāno ¶ samanuggāhīyamāno samanubhāsīyamāno sampāyissasi, yesaṃ tvaṃ sācariyako na puṇṇo dabbigāho’’ti.

Evaṃ vutte, assalāyano māṇavo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama…pe… upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.

412. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā udeno bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati khemiyambavane. Tena kho pana samayena ghoṭamukho brāhmaṇo bārāṇasiṃ anuppatto hoti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho ghoṭamukho brāhmaṇo jaṅghāvihāraṃ ¶ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno yena khemiyambavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udeno abbhokāse caṅkamati. Atha kho ghoṭamukho brāhmaṇo yenāyasmā udeno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā udenena saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā āyasmantaṃ udenaṃ caṅkamantaṃ anucaṅkamamāno evamāha – ‘‘ambho samaṇa, ‘natthi dhammiko paribbajo’ [paribbājo (sī. pī.)] – evaṃ me ettha hoti. Tañca kho bhavantarūpānaṃ vā adassanā, yo vā panettha dhammo’’ti.

Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā udeno caṅkamā orohitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Ghoṭamukhopi kho brāhmaṇo caṅkamā orohitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho ghoṭamukhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ āyasmā udeno etadavoca – ‘‘saṃvijjanti [saṃvijjante (bahūsu)] kho, brāhmaṇa, āsanāni. Sace ākaṅkhasi, nisīdā’’ti. ‘‘Etadeva kho pana mayaṃ ¶ bhoto udenassa āgamayamānā (na) nisīdāma. Kathañhi nāma mādiso pubbe animantito āsane ¶ nisīditabbaṃ maññeyyā’’ti? Atha kho ghoṭamukho brāhmaṇo aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho ghoṭamukho brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṃ udenaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ambho samaṇa, ‘natthi dhammiko paribbajo’ – evaṃ me ettha hoti. Tañca kho bhavantarūpānaṃ vā adassanā, yo vā panettha dhammo’’ti. ‘‘Sace kho pana me tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, anuññeyyaṃ anujāneyyāsi, paṭikkositabbañca paṭikkoseyyāsi; yassa ca pana me bhāsitassa atthaṃ na jāneyyāsi, mamaṃyeva tattha uttari paṭipuccheyyāsi – ‘idaṃ, bho udena, kathaṃ, imassa kvattho’ti? Evaṃ katvā siyā no ettha kathāsallāpo’’ti. ‘‘Anuññeyyaṃ khvāhaṃ bhoto udenassa anujānissāmi, paṭikkositabbañca paṭikkosissāmi; yassa ca panāhaṃ bhoto ¶ udenassa ¶ bhāsitassa atthaṃ na jānissāmi, bhavantaṃyeva tattha udenaṃ uttari paṭipucchissāmi – ‘idaṃ, bho udena, kathaṃ, imassa kvattho’ti? Evaṃ katvā hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’’ti.

413. ‘‘Cattārome, brāhmaṇa, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. Katame cattāro? Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco puggalo attantapo hoti attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. Idha pana, brāhmaṇa, ekacco puggalo parantapo hoti paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. Idha pana, brāhmaṇa, ekacco puggalo attantapo ca hoti attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto parantapo ca paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. Idha pana, brāhmaṇa ¶ , ekacco puggalo nevattantapo hoti nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, na parantapo na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. So anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati. Imesaṃ, brāhmaṇa, catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ katamo te puggalo cittaṃ ārādhetī’’ti?

‘‘Yvāyaṃ, bho udena, puggalo attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto ayaṃ me puggalo cittaṃ nārādheti; yopāyaṃ, bho udena, puggalo parantapo paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto ayampi me puggalo cittaṃ nārādheti; yopāyaṃ, bho udena, puggalo attantapo ca attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto ¶ parantapo ca paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto ayampi me puggalo cittaṃ nārādheti; yo ca kho ayaṃ, bho udena, puggalo nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati. Ayameva me puggalo cittaṃ ārādhetī’’ti.

‘‘Kasmā pana te, brāhmaṇa, ime tayo puggalā cittaṃ nārādhentī’’ti? ‘‘Yvāyaṃ, bho udena, puggalo attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so attānaṃ sukhakāmaṃ dukkhapaṭikkūlaṃ ātāpeti paritāpeti; iminā me ayaṃ puggalo cittaṃ nārādheti. Yopāyaṃ ¶ , bho udena, puggalo parantapo paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so paraṃ sukhakāmaṃ dukkhapaṭikkūlaṃ ¶ ātāpeti paritāpeti; iminā me ayaṃ puggalo cittaṃ nārādheti. Yopāyaṃ, bho udena, puggalo attantapo ca attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto parantapo ca paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so ¶ attānañca parañca sukhakāmaṃ dukkhapaṭikkūlaṃ ātāpeti paritāpeti; iminā me ayaṃ puggalo cittaṃ nārādheti. Yo ca kho ayaṃ, bho udena, puggalo nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati, so attānañca parañca sukhakāmaṃ dukkhapaṭikkūlaṃ neva ātāpeti na paritāpeti; iminā me ayaṃ puggalo cittaṃ ārādhetī’’ti.

414. ‘‘Dvemā, brāhmaṇa, parisā. Katamā dve? Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekaccā parisā sārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu puttabhariyaṃ pariyesati, dāsidāsaṃ pariyesati, khettavatthuṃ pariyesati, jātarūparajataṃ pariyesati.

‘‘Idha pana, brāhmaṇa, ekaccā parisā asārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu puttabhariyaṃ pahāya, dāsidāsaṃ pahāya, khettavatthuṃ pahāya, jātarūparajataṃ pahāya, agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā. Svāyaṃ, brāhmaṇa, puggalo nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. So anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto ¶ nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī ¶ brahmabhūtena attanā viharati. Idha katamaṃ tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, puggalaṃ katamāya parisāya bahulaṃ samanupassasi – yā cāyaṃ parisā sārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu puttabhariyaṃ pariyesati dāsidāsaṃ pariyesati khettavatthuṃ pariyesati jātarūparajataṃ pariyesati, yā cāyaṃ parisā asārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu puttabhariyaṃ pahāya dāsidāsaṃ pahāya khettavatthuṃ pahāya jātarūparajataṃ pahāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā’’ti?

‘‘Yvāyaṃ ¶ , bho udena, puggalo nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati; imāhaṃ puggalaṃ yāyaṃ parisā asārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu puttabhariyaṃ pahāya dāsidāsaṃ pahāya khettavatthuṃ pahāya jātarūparajataṃ pahāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā imissaṃ parisāyaṃ bahulaṃ samanupassāmī’’ti.

‘‘Idāneva ¶ kho pana te, brāhmaṇa, bhāsitaṃ – ‘mayaṃ evaṃ ājānāma – ambho samaṇa, natthi dhammiko paribbajo, evaṃ me ettha hoti. Tañca kho bhavantarūpānaṃ vā adassanā, yo vā panettha dhammo’’’ti. ‘‘Addhā mesā, bho udena, sānuggahā vācā bhāsitā. ‘Atthi dhammiko paribbajo’ – evaṃ me ettha hoti. Evañca pana maṃ bhavaṃ udeno dhāretu. Ye ca me bhotā udenena cattāro puggalā saṃkhittena vuttā vitthārena avibhattā, sādhu me bhavaṃ, udeno ime cattāro puggale vitthārena ¶ vibhajatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho ghoṭamukho brāhmaṇo āyasmato udenassa paccassosi. Āyasmā udeno etadavoca –

415. ‘‘Katamo ca, brāhmaṇa, puggalo attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto? Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco puggalo acelako hoti muttācāro hatthāpalekhano naehibhaddantiko natiṭṭhabhaddantiko, nābhihaṭaṃ na uddissakataṃ na nimantanaṃ sādiyati. So na kumbhimukhā paṭiggaṇhāti, na kaḷopimukhā paṭiggaṇhāti, na eḷakamantaraṃ, na daṇḍamantaraṃ, na musalamantaraṃ, na dvinnaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ, na gabbhiniyā, na pāyamānāya ¶ , na ¶ purisantaragatāya, na saṅkittīsu, na yattha sā upaṭṭhito hoti, na yattha makkhikā saṇḍasaṇḍacārinī, na macchaṃ na maṃsaṃ, na suraṃ na merayaṃ na thusodakaṃ pivati. So ekāgāriko vā hoti ekālopiko, dvāgāriko vā hoti dvālopiko…pe… sattāgāriko vā hoti sattālopiko; ekissāpi dattiyā yāpeti, dvīhipi dattīhi yāpeti…pe… sattahipi dattīhi yāpeti; ekāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti, dvīhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti…pe… sattāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti – iti evarūpaṃ addhamāsikaṃ pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. So sākabhakkho vā hoti, sāmākabhakkho vā hoti, nīvārabhakkho vā hoti, daddulabhakkho vā hoti ¶ , haṭabhakkho vā hoti, kaṇabhakkho vā hoti, ācāmabhakkho vā hoti, piññākabhakkho vā hoti, tiṇabhakkho vā hoti, gomayabhakkho vā hoti, vanamūlaphalāhāro yāpeti pavattaphalabhojī. So sāṇānipi dhāreti, masāṇānipi dhāreti, chavadussānipi dhāreti, paṃsukūlānipi dhāreti, tirīṭānipi dhāreti, ajinampi dhāreti, ajinakkhipampi dhāreti, kusacīrampi dhāreti, vākacīrampi dhāreti, phalakacīrampi dhāreti, kesakambalampi dhāreti, vāḷakambalampi dhāreti, ulūkapakkhampi dhāreti; kesamassulocakopi hoti kesamassulocanānuyogamanuyutto ¶ , ubbhaṭṭhakopi hoti āsanapaṭikkhitto, ukkuṭikopi hoti ukkuṭikappadhānamanuyutto, kaṇṭakāpassayikopi hoti kaṇṭakāpassaye seyyaṃ kappeti; sāyatatiyakampi udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati – iti evarūpaṃ anekavihitaṃ kāyassa ātāpanaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, puggalo attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto.

416. ‘‘Katamo ¶ ca, brāhmaṇa, puggalo parantapo paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto? Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco puggalo orabbhiko hoti sūkariko sākuṇiko māgaviko luddo macchaghātako coro coraghātako goghātako bandhanāgāriko – ye vā panaññepi keci kurūrakammantā. Ayaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, puggalo parantapo paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto.

417. ‘‘Katamo ¶ ca, brāhmaṇa, puggalo attantapo ca attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, parantapo ca paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto? Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco puggalo rājā vā hoti khattiyo muddhāvasitto, brāhmaṇo vā mahāsālo. So puratthimena nagarassa navaṃ santhāgāraṃ kārāpetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kharājinaṃ nivāsetvā sappitelena kāyaṃ abbhañjitvā magavisāṇena piṭṭhiṃ kaṇḍuvamāno navaṃ santhāgāraṃ pavisati saddhiṃ mahesiyā brāhmaṇena ca purohitena. So tattha anantarahitāya bhūmiyā haritupalittāya seyyaṃ kappeti. Ekissāya gāviyā sarūpavacchāya yaṃ ekasmiṃ thane khīraṃ hoti tena rājā yāpeti, yaṃ dutiyasmiṃ thane khīraṃ hoti tena mahesī yāpeti, yaṃ tatiyasmiṃ thane khīraṃ hoti tena brāhmaṇo purohito yāpeti, yaṃ catutthasmiṃ thane khīraṃ hoti tena aggiṃ juhati, avasesena vacchako yāpeti. So evamāha – ‘ettakā usabhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatarā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatariyo haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā ajā haññantu yaññatthāya’, ettakā urabbhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā assā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā rukkhā chijjantu yūpatthāya, ettakā dabbhā lūyantu barihisatthāyā’ti. Yepissa te honti ‘dāsā’ti vā ‘pessā’ti vā ‘kammakarā’ti vā tepi daṇḍatajjitā bhayatajjitā assumukhā rudamānā parikammāni karonti. Ayaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, puggalo attantapo ca attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto ¶ , parantapo ca paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto.

418. ‘‘Katamo ca, brāhmaṇa, puggalo nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, na parantapo na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto; so anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto ¶ sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati? Idha, brāhmaṇa, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ ¶ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Taṃ dhammaṃ suṇāti gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā aññatarasmiṃ vā kule paccājāto. So taṃ dhammaṃ sutvā tathāgate saddhaṃ paṭilabhati. So tena saddhāpaṭilābhena samannāgato iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘sambādho gharāvāso rajopatho abbhokāso pabbajjā. Nayidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya’nti. So aparena samayena appaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya mahantaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya, appaṃ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya ¶ mahantaṃ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya, kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati.

‘‘Adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī. Athenena sucibhūtena attanā viharati.

‘‘Abrahmacariyaṃ pahāya brahmacārī hoti ārācārī virato methunā gāmadhammā.

‘‘Musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvādako lokassa.

‘‘Pisuṇaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti; ito sutvā na amutra akkhātā imesaṃ bhedāya, amutra vā sutvā na imesaṃ akkhātā amūsaṃ bhedāya. Iti bhinnānaṃ vā sandhātā sahitānaṃ vā anuppadātā, samaggārāmo samaggarato samagganandī samaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti.

‘‘Pharusaṃ ¶ vācaṃ pahāya pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti. Yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti.

‘‘Samphappalāpaṃ ¶ pahāya samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti, kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī, nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ.

‘‘So bījagāmabhūtagāmasamārambhā paṭivirato hoti ¶ . Ekabhattiko hoti rattūparato virato vikālabhojanā. Naccagītavāditavisūkadassanā paṭivirato hoti. Mālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato hoti. Jātarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. Āmakadhaññapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. Āmakamaṃsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. Itthikumārikapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. Dāsidāsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. Ajeḷakapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. Kukkuṭasūkarapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. Hatthigavassavaḷavapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. Khettavatthupaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. Dūteyyapahiṇagamanānuyogā paṭivirato hoti. Kayavikkayā paṭivirato hoti. Tulākūṭakaṃsakūṭamānakūṭā paṭivirato hoti. Ukkoṭanavañcananikatisāciyogā paṭivirato hoti. Chedanavadhabandhanaviparāmosaālopasahasākārā paṭivirato hoti.

‘‘So santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena, kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena. So yena yeneva pakkamati samādāyeva pakkamati. Seyyathāpi nāma pakkhī sakuṇo yena yeneva ḍeti sapattabhārova ḍeti, evameva bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena, kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena. So yena yeneva pakkamati samādāyeva pakkamati. So iminā ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ anavajjasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.

419. ‘‘So cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ ¶ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā… manasā dhammaṃ viññāyana na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī ¶ . Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ ¶ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. So iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.

‘‘So abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti.

‘‘So iminā ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato, (imāya ca ariyāya santuṭṭhiyā samannāgato,) [passa ma. ni. 1.296] iminā ca ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena satisampajaññena samannāgato vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ. So pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā, ujuṃ ¶ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. So abhijjhaṃ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṃ parisodheti; byāpādapadosaṃ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī, byāpādapadosā cittaṃ parisodheti; thinamiddhaṃ pahāya vigatathīnamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thīnamiddhā cittaṃ parisodheti; uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṃ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṃ parisodheti; vicikicchaṃ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṃkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṃ parisodheti.

‘‘So ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti ¶ , yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti – ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.

420. ‘‘So ¶ ¶ evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ – ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi, anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe – ‘amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto; so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ; tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto; so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati.

‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti – ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā…pe… ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā ¶ , te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā…pe… ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.

‘‘So ¶ evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So ‘idaṃ dukkha’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; ‘ime āsavā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Tassa evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjāsavāpi ¶ cittaṃ vimuccati. Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti.

‘‘Ayaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, puggalo nevattantapo nāttaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, na parantapo na ¶ paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. So anattantapo aparantapo diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharatī’’ti.

421. Evaṃ vutte, ghoṭamukho brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṃ udenaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bho udena, abhikkantaṃ, bho udena! Seyyathāpi, bho udena, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya – cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti – evamevaṃ bhotā udenena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ bhavantaṃ udenaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ udeno dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti. ‘‘Mā kho maṃ tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, saraṇaṃ agamāsi. Tameva bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāhi yamahaṃ saraṇaṃ gato’’ti. ‘‘Kahaṃ pana, bho udena, etarahi so bhavaṃ gotamo viharati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho’’ti? ‘‘Parinibbuto kho, brāhmaṇa, etarahi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho’’ti.

‘‘Sacepi [sace hi (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] mayaṃ, bho udena, suṇeyyāma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dasasu yojanesu, dasapi mayaṃ yojanāni gaccheyyāma ¶ taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya ¶ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ. Sacepi [sace (sī. pī.), sace hi (syā. kaṃ.)] mayaṃ, bho udena, suṇeyyāma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ vīsatiyā yojanesu… tiṃsāya yojanesu… cattārīsāya yojanesu… paññāsāya yojanesu, paññāsampi mayaṃ yojanāni gaccheyyāma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ. Yojanasate cepi [yojanasatepi (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] mayaṃ ¶ , bho udena, suṇeyyāma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ, yojanasatampi mayaṃ gaccheyyāma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ.

‘‘Yato ca kho, bho udena, parinibbuto so bhavaṃ gotamo, parinibbutampi mayaṃ taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ udeno dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gataṃ. Atthi ca me, bho udena, aṅgarājā devasikaṃ niccabhikkhaṃ dadāti ¶ , tato ahaṃ bhoto udenassa ekaṃ niccabhikkhaṃ dadāmī’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana te, brāhmaṇa, aṅgarājā devasikaṃ niccabhikkhaṃ dadātī’’ti? ‘‘Pañca, bho udena, kahāpaṇasatānī’’ti. ‘‘Na kho no, brāhmaṇa, kappati jātarūparajataṃ paṭiggahetu’’nti. ‘‘Sace taṃ bhoto udenassa na kappati vihāraṃ bhoto udenassa kārāpessāmī’’ti. ‘‘Sace kho me tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, vihāraṃ, kārāpetukāmo, pāṭaliputte saṅghassa upaṭṭhānasālaṃ kārāpehī’’ti. ‘‘Imināpāhaṃ bhoto udenassa bhiyyosomattāya attamano abhiraddho yaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ udeno saṅghe dāne samādapeti. Esāhaṃ, bho udena, etissā ca niccabhikkhāya aparāya ca niccabhikkhāya pāṭaliputte saṅghassa upaṭṭhānasālaṃ kārāpessāmī’’ti. Atha ¶ kho ghoṭamukho brāhmaṇo etissā ca niccabhikkhāya aparāya ca niccabhikkhāya pāṭaliputte saṅghassa upaṭṭhānasālaṃ kārāpesi. Sā etarahi ‘ghoṭamukhī’ti vuccatīti.

422. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena opāsādaṃ nāma kosalānaṃ ¶ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā opāsāde viharati uttarena opāsādaṃ devavane sālavane. Tena kho pana samayena caṅkī brāhmaṇo opāsādaṃ ajjhāvasati sattussadaṃ satiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ sadhaññaṃ rājabhoggaṃ raññā pasenadinā kosalena dinnaṃ rājadāyaṃ brahmadeyyaṃ. Assosuṃ kho opāsādakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā – ‘‘samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ opāsādaṃ anuppatto, opāsāde viharati uttarena opāsādaṃ devavane sālavane. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ ¶ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī’’ti.

423. Atha kho opāsādakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā opāsādā nikkhamitvā saṅghasaṅghī gaṇībhūtā uttarenamukhā gacchanti yena devavanaṃ sālavanaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena caṅkī brāhmaṇo uparipāsāde divāseyyaṃ upagato. Addasā kho caṅkī brāhmaṇo opāsādake brāhmaṇagahapatike opāsādā nikkhamitvā saṅghasaṅghī gaṇībhūte uttarena mukhaṃ yena devavanaṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkamante. Disvā khattaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, bho khatte, opāsādakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā opāsādā nikkhamitvā saṅghasaṅghī gaṇībhūtā uttarenamukhā gacchanti yena devavanaṃ sālavana’’nti? ‘‘Atthi, bho caṅkī, samaṇo gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ opāsādaṃ anuppatto, opāsāde ¶ viharati uttarena opāsādaṃ devavane sālavane. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. Tamete bhavantaṃ ¶ gotamaṃ dassanāya gacchantī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, bho khatte, yena opāsādakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā opāsādake ¶ brāhmaṇagahapatike evaṃ vadehi – ‘caṅkī, bho, brāhmaṇo evamāha – āgamentu kira bhonto, caṅkīpi brāhmaṇo samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissatī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho so khatto caṅkissa brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā ¶ yena opāsādakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā opāsādake brāhmaṇagahapatike etadavoca – ‘‘caṅkī, bho, brāhmaṇo evamāha – ‘āgamentu kira bhonto, caṅkīpi brāhmaṇo samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissatī’’’ti.

424. Tena kho pana samayena nānāverajjakānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ pañcamattāni brāhmaṇasatāni opāsāde paṭivasanti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Assosuṃ kho te brāhmaṇā – ‘‘caṅkī kira brāhmaṇo samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissatī’’ti. Atha kho te brāhmaṇā yena caṅkī brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā caṅkiṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘saccaṃ kira bhavaṃ caṅkī samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissatī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ kho me, bho, hoti – ‘ahaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissāmī’’’ti. ‘‘Mā bhavaṃ caṅkī samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkami. Na arahati bhavaṃ caṅkī samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ; samaṇotveva gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ caṅkiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ. Bhavañhi caṅkī ubhato sujāto mātito ca pitito ca saṃsuddhagahaṇiko yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena. Yampi bhavaṃ caṅkī ubhato sujāto mātito ca pitito ca saṃsuddhagahaṇiko yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho ¶ jātivādena, imināpaṅgena na arahati bhavaṃ caṅkī samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ; samaṇotveva gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ caṅkiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ. Bhavañhi caṅkī aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo…pe… bhavañhi caṅkī tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo…pe… bhavañhi caṅkī abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato ¶ brahmavaṇṇī brahmavacchasī [brahmavaccasī (sī. pī.)] akhuddāvakāso ¶ dassanāya…pe… bhavañhi caṅkī sīlavā vuddhasīlī vuddhasīlena samannāgato…pe… bhavañhi caṅkī kalyāṇavāco kalyāṇavākkaraṇo ¶ poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā…pe… bhavañhi caṅkī bahūnaṃ ācariyapācariyo, tīṇi māṇavakasatāni mante vāceti…pe… bhavañhi caṅkī rañño pasenadissa kosalassa sakkato garukato mānito pūjito apacito…pe… bhavañhi caṅkī brāhmaṇassa pokkharasātissa sakkato garukato mānito pūjito apacito…pe… bhavañhi caṅkī opāsādaṃ ajjhāvasati sattussadaṃ satiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ sadhaññaṃ rājabhoggaṃ raññā pasenadinā kosalena dinnaṃ rājadāyaṃ brahmadeyyaṃ. Yampi bhavaṃ caṅkī opāsādaṃ ajjhāvasati sattussadaṃ satiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ ¶ sadhaññaṃ rājabhoggaṃ raññā pasenadinā kosalena dinnaṃ rājadāyaṃ brahmadeyyaṃ, imināpaṅgena na arahati bhavaṃ caṅkī samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ; samaṇotveva gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ caṅkiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamitu’’nti.

425. Evaṃ vutte, caṅkī brāhmaṇo te brāhmaṇe etadavoca – ‘‘tena hi, bho, mamapi suṇātha, yathā mayameva arahāma taṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ; natveva arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amhākaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ. Samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo ubhato sujāto mātito ca pitito ca saṃsuddhagahaṇiko yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena. Yampi, bho, samaṇo gotamo ubhato sujāto mātito ca pitito ca saṃsuddhagahaṇiko yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena, imināpaṅgena na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amhākaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ; atha kho mayameva arahāma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ [ettha dī. ni. 1.304 aññampi guṇapadaṃ dissati]. Samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo pahūtaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ ohāya pabbajito bhūmigatañca vehāsaṭṭhañca…pe… samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo daharova samāno yuvā susukāḷakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito…pe… samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo akāmakānaṃ ¶ mātāpitūnaṃ assumukhānaṃ rudantānaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito…pe… samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya ¶ samannāgato brahmavaṇṇī ¶ brahmavacchasī akhuddāvakāso dassanāya…pe… samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sīlavā ariyasīlī kusalasīlī kusalena sīlena ¶ samannāgato…pe… samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo kalyāṇavāco kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā…pe… samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo bahūnaṃ ācariyapācariyo…pe… samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo khīṇakāmarāgo vigatacāpallo…pe… samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo kammavādī kiriyavādī apāpapurekkhāro brahmaññāya pajāya…pe… samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo uccā kulā pabbajito asambhinnā khattiyakulā…pe… samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo aḍḍhā kulā pabbajito mahaddhanā mahābhogā…pe… samaṇaṃ khalu, bho, gotamaṃ tiroraṭṭhā tirojanapadā saṃpucchituṃ āgacchanti…pe… samaṇaṃ khalu, bho, gotamaṃ anekāni devatāsahassāni pāṇehi saraṇaṃ gatāni…pe… samaṇaṃ khalu, bho, gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti…pe… samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇehi samannāgato…pe… [etthāpi dī. ni. 1.304 aññānipi guṇapadānaṃ dissanti] samaṇaṃ khalu, bho, gotamaṃ rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro saputtadāro pāṇehi saraṇaṃ gato…pe… samaṇaṃ khalu, bho, gotamaṃ rājā pasenadi kosalo saputtadāro pāṇehi saraṇaṃ gato…pe… samaṇaṃ khalu, bho, gotamaṃ brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti saputtadāro ¶ pāṇehi saraṇaṃ gato…pe… samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo opāsādaṃ anuppatto opāsāde viharati uttarena opāsādaṃ devavane sālavane. Ye kho te samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā amhākaṃ gāmakkhettaṃ āgacchanti, atithī no te honti. Atithī kho panamhehi sakkātabbā garukātabbā mānetabbā pūjetabbā. Yampi samaṇo gotamo opāsādaṃ anuppatto ¶ opāsāde viharati uttarena opāsādaṃ devavane sālavane, atithimhākaṃ samaṇo gotamo. Atithi kho panamhehi sakkātabbo garukātabbo mānetabbo pūjetabbo. Imināpaṅgena ¶ na arahati so bhavaṃ gotamo amhākaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ; atha kho mayameva arahāma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ. Ettake kho ahaṃ, bho, tassa bhoto gotamassa vaṇṇe pariyāpuṇāmi, no ca kho so bhavaṃ gotamo ettakavaṇṇo; aparimāṇavaṇṇo hi so bhavaṃ gotamo. Ekamekenapi tena [ekamekenapi bho (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] aṅgena samannāgato na arahati, so, bhavaṃ gotamo amhākaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ; atha kho mayameva arahāma taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamitunti. Tena hi, bho, sabbeva mayaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissāmā’’ti.

426. Atha ¶ kho caṅkī brāhmaṇo mahatā brāhmaṇagaṇena saddhiṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Tena kho pana samayena ¶ bhagavā vuddhehi vuddhehi brāhmaṇehi saddhiṃ kiñci kiñci kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā nisinno hoti. Tena kho pana samayena kāpaṭiko [kāpaṭhiko (sī. pī.), kāpadiko (syā. kaṃ.)] nāma māṇavo daharo vuttasiro soḷasavassuddesiko jātiyā, tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo tassaṃ parisāyaṃ nisinno hoti. So vuddhānaṃ vuddhānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ bhagavatā saddhiṃ mantayamānānaṃ antarantarā kathaṃ opāteti. Atha kho bhagavā kāpaṭikaṃ māṇavaṃ apasādeti – ‘‘māyasmā bhāradvājo vuddhānaṃ vuddhānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ mantayamānānaṃ antarantarā kathaṃ opātetu. Kathāpariyosānaṃ āyasmā bhāradvājo āgametū’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, caṅkī brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mā bhavaṃ gotamo kāpaṭikaṃ māṇavaṃ apasādesi. Kulaputto ca kāpaṭiko māṇavo, bahussuto ca kāpaṭiko māṇavo, paṇḍito ca kāpaṭiko māṇavo, kalyāṇavākkaraṇo ca kāpaṭiko māṇavo, pahoti ca kāpaṭiko māṇavo bhotā gotamena saddhiṃ asmiṃ vacane paṭimantetu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavato ¶ etadahosi – ‘‘addhā kho ¶ kāpaṭikassa [etadahosi ‘‘kāpaṭikassa (ka.)] māṇavassa tevijjake pāvacane kathā [kathaṃ (sī. ka.), kathaṃ (syā. kaṃ. pī.)] bhavissati. Tathā hi naṃ brāhmaṇā saṃpurekkharontī’’ti. Atha kho kāpaṭikassa māṇavassa etadahosi ¶ – ‘‘yadā me samaṇo gotamo cakkhuṃ upasaṃharissati, athāhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pañhaṃ pucchissāmī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā kāpaṭikassa māṇavassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya yena kāpaṭiko māṇavo tena cakkhūni upasaṃhāsi.

427. Atha kho kāpaṭikassa māṇavassa etadahosi – ‘‘samannāharati kho maṃ samaṇo gotamo. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pañhaṃ puccheyya’’nti. Atha kho kāpaṭiko māṇavo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yadidaṃ, bho gotama, brāhmaṇānaṃ porāṇaṃ mantapadaṃ itihitihaparamparāya piṭakasampadāya, tattha ca brāhmaṇā ekaṃsena niṭṭhaṃ gacchanti – ‘idameva saccaṃ, moghamañña’nti. Idha bhavaṃ gotamo kimāhā’’ti? ‘‘Kiṃ pana, bhāradvāja, atthi koci brāhmaṇānaṃ ekabrāhmaṇopi yo evamāha – ‘ahametaṃ jānāmi, ahametaṃ passāmi. Idameva saccaṃ, moghamañña’’’nti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama’’. ‘‘Kiṃ pana, bhāradvāja, atthi koci brāhmaṇānaṃ ekācariyopi ¶ , ekācariyapācariyopi, yāva sattamā ācariyamahayugāpi, yo evamāha – ‘ahametaṃ jānāmi, ahametaṃ passāmi. Idameva saccaṃ, moghamañña’’’nti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama’’. ‘‘Kiṃ pana, bhāradvāja, yepi te brāhmaṇānaṃ pubbakā isayo mantānaṃ kattāro mantānaṃ pavattāro yesamidaṃ etarahi brāhmaṇā porāṇaṃ mantapadaṃ gītaṃ pavuttaṃ samihitaṃ tadanugāyanti tadanubhāsanti bhāsitamanubhāsanti vācitamanuvācenti seyyathidaṃ – aṭṭhako ¶ vāmako vāmadevo vessāmitto yamataggi aṅgīraso bhāradvājo vāseṭṭho kassapo bhagu, tepi evamāhaṃsu – ‘mayametaṃ jānāma, mayametaṃ passāma. Idameva saccaṃ, moghamañña’’’nti? ‘‘No ¶ hidaṃ, bho gotama’’.

‘‘Iti kira, bhāradvāja, natthi koci brāhmaṇānaṃ ekabrāhmaṇopi yo evamāha – ‘ahametaṃ jānāmi, ahametaṃ passāmi. Idameva saccaṃ, moghamañña’nti; natthi koci brāhmaṇānaṃ ekācariyopi ekācariyapācariyopi, yāva sattamā ācariyamahayugāpi, yo evamāha – ‘ahametaṃ ¶ jānāmi, ahametaṃ passāmi. Idameva saccaṃ, moghamañña’nti; yepi te brāhmaṇānaṃ pubbakā isayo mantānaṃ kattāro mantānaṃ pavattāro yesamidaṃ etarahi brāhmaṇā porāṇaṃ mantapadaṃ gītaṃ pavuttaṃ samihitaṃ tadanugāyanti tadanubhāsanti bhāsitamanubhāsanti vācitamanuvācenti seyyathidaṃ – aṭṭhako vāmako vāmadevo vessāmitto yamataggi aṅgīraso bhāradvājo vāseṭṭho kassapo bhagu, tepi na evamāhaṃsu – ‘mayametaṃ jānāma, mayametaṃ passāma. Idameva saccaṃ, moghamañña’nti.

428. ‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhāradvāja, andhaveṇi paramparāsaṃsattā purimopi na passati majjhimopi na passati pacchimopi na passati; evameva kho, bhāradvāja, andhaveṇūpamaṃ maññe brāhmaṇānaṃ bhāsitaṃ sampajjati – purimopi na passati majjhimopi na passati pacchimopi na passati. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, bhāradvāja ¶ , nanu evaṃ sante brāhmaṇānaṃ amūlikā saddhā sampajjatī’’ti? ‘‘Na khvettha, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā saddhāyeva payirupāsanti, anussavāpettha brāhmaṇā payirupāsantī’’ti. ‘‘Pubbeva kho tvaṃ, bhāradvāja, saddhaṃ agamāsi, anussavaṃ idāni vadesi. Pañca kho ime, bhāradvāja, dhammā diṭṭheva dhamme dvedhā vipākā. Katame pañca? Saddhā, ruci, anussavo, ākāraparivitakko, diṭṭhinijjhānakkhanti – ime kho, bhāradvāja ¶ , pañca dhammā diṭṭheva dhamme dvedhā vipākā. Api ca, bhāradvāja, susaddahitaṃyeva hoti, tañca hoti rittaṃ tucchaṃ musā; no cepi susaddahitaṃ hoti, tañca hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ anaññathā. Api ca, bhāradvāja ¶ , surucitaṃyeva hoti…pe… svānussutaṃyeva hoti…pe… suparivitakkitaṃyeva hoti…pe… sunijjhāyitaṃyeva hoti, tañca hoti rittaṃ tucchaṃ musā; no cepi sunijjhāyitaṃ hoti, tañca hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ anaññathā. Saccamanurakkhatā, bhāradvāja, viññunā purisena nālamettha ekaṃsena niṭṭhaṃ gantuṃ – ‘idameva saccaṃ, moghamañña’’’nti.

429. ‘‘Kittāvatā pana, bho gotama, saccānurakkhaṇā hoti, kittāvatā saccamanurakkhati? Saccānurakkhaṇaṃ mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ pucchāmā’’ti. ‘‘Saddhā cepi, bhāradvāja, purisassa hoti; ‘evaṃ me saddhā’ti – iti vadaṃ saccamanurakkhati [evameva sijjhatīti iti vā, taṃ saccamanurakkhati (ka.)], natveva tāva ekaṃsena niṭṭhaṃ gacchati ¶ – ‘idameva saccaṃ, moghamañña’nti ¶ ( ) [(ettāvatā kho bhāradvāja saccānurakkhaṇā hoti, ettāvatā saccamanurakkhati, ettāvatā ca mayaṃ saccānurakkhaṇaṃ paññāpema, na tveva tāva saccānubodho hoti) (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)]. Ruci cepi, bhāradvāja, purisassa hoti…pe… anussavo cepi, bhāradvāja, purisassa hoti…pe… ākāraparivitakko cepi, bhāradvāja, purisassa hoti…pe… diṭṭhinijjhānakkhanti cepi, bhāradvāja, purisassa hoti; ‘evaṃ me diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantī’ti – iti vadaṃ saccamanurakkhati, natveva tāva ekaṃsena niṭṭhaṃ gacchati – ‘idameva saccaṃ, moghamañña’nti. Ettāvatā kho, bhāradvāja, saccānurakkhaṇā hoti, ettāvatā saccamanurakkhati, ettāvatā ca mayaṃ saccānurakkhaṇaṃ paññapema; na tveva tāva saccānubodho hotī’’ti.

430. ‘‘Ettāvatā, bho gotama, saccānurakkhaṇā hoti, ettāvatā saccamanurakkhati, ettāvatā ca mayaṃ saccānurakkhaṇaṃ pekkhāma. Kittāvatā pana, bho gotama, saccānubodho hoti, kittāvatā saccamanubujjhati? Saccānubodhaṃ mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ pucchāmā’’ti. ‘‘Idha [idha kira (syā. kaṃ. ka.)], bhāradvāja, bhikkhu aññataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati. Tamenaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā upasaṅkamitvā tīsu dhammesu samannesati – lobhanīyesu ¶ dhammesu, dosanīyesu dhammesu, mohanīyesu dhammesu. Atthi nu kho imassāyasmato tathārūpā lobhanīyā dhammā yathārūpehi lobhanīyehi dhammehi pariyādinnacitto ¶ ajānaṃ vā vadeyya – jānāmīti, apassaṃ vā vadeyya – passāmīti, paraṃ vā tadatthāya samādapeyya yaṃ paresaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ ahitāya ¶ dukkhāyāti? Tamenaṃ samannesamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘natthi kho imassāyasmato tathārūpā lobhanīyā dhammā yathārūpehi lobhanīyehi dhammehi pariyādinnacitto ajānaṃ vā vadeyya – jānāmīti, apassaṃ vā vadeyya – passāmīti, paraṃ vā tadatthāya samādapeyya yaṃ paresaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya [dukkhāyāti (sabbattha)]. Tathārūpo [tathā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] kho panimassāyasmato kāyasamācāro tathārūpo [tathā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] vacīsamācāro yathā taṃ aluddhassa. Yaṃ kho pana ayamāyasmā dhammaṃ deseti, gambhīro so dhammo duddaso duranubodho ¶ santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo; na so dhammo sudesiyo luddhenā’’’ti.

431. ‘‘Yato naṃ samannesamāno visuddhaṃ lobhanīyehi dhammehi samanupassati tato naṃ uttari samannesati dosanīyesu dhammesu. Atthi nu kho imassāyasmato tathārūpā dosanīyā dhammā yathārūpehi dosanīyehi dhammehi pariyādinnacitto ajānaṃ vā vadeyya – jānāmīti, apassaṃ vā vadeyya – passāmīti, paraṃ vā tadatthāya samādapeyya yaṃ paresaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyāti? Tamenaṃ samannesamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘natthi kho imassāyasmato tathārūpā dosanīyā dhammā yathārūpehi dosanīyehi dhammehi pariyādinnacitto ajānaṃ vā vadeyya – jānāmīti, apassaṃ vā vadeyya – passāmīti, paraṃ vā tadatthāya samādapeyya ¶ yaṃ paresaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya. Tathārūpo kho panimassāyasmato kāyasamācāro tathārūpo vacīsamācāro yathā taṃ aduṭṭhassa. Yaṃ kho pana ayamāyasmā dhammaṃ deseti, gambhīro so dhammo duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo; na so dhammo sudesiyo duṭṭhenā’’’ti.

432. ‘‘Yato naṃ samannesamāno visuddhaṃ dosanīyehi dhammehi samanupassati ¶ , tato naṃ uttari samannesati mohanīyesu dhammesu. Atthi nu kho imassāyasmato tathārūpā mohanīyā dhammā yathārūpehi mohanīyehi dhammehi pariyādinnacitto ajānaṃ vā vadeyya – jānāmīti, apassaṃ vā vadeyya – passāmīti, paraṃ vā tadatthāya samādapeyya yaṃ paresaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyāti? Tamenaṃ samannesamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘natthi kho imassāyasmato tathārūpā mohanīyā dhammā yathārūpehi mohanīyehi dhammehi pariyādinnacitto ajānaṃ vā vadeyya – jānāmīti, apassaṃ vā vadeyya – passāmīti, paraṃ vā tadatthāya samādapeyya yaṃ paresaṃ ¶ assa dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya. Tathārūpo kho panimassāyasmato kāyasamācāro tathārūpo vacīsamācāro yathā taṃ amūḷhassa. Yaṃ kho pana ayamāyasmā dhammaṃ deseti, gambhīro so dhammo duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto ¶ atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo; na so dhammo sudesiyo mūḷhenā’’’ti.

‘‘Yato naṃ samannesamāno visuddhaṃ mohanīyehi dhammehi samanupassati ¶ ; atha tamhi saddhaṃ niveseti, saddhājāto upasaṅkamati, upasaṅkamanto payirupāsati, payirupāsanto sotaṃ odahati, ohitasoto dhammaṃ suṇāti, sutvā dhammaṃ dhāreti, dhatānaṃ [dhāritānaṃ (ka.)] dhammānaṃ atthaṃ upaparikkhati, atthaṃ upaparikkhato dhammā nijjhānaṃ khamanti, dhammanijjhānakkhantiyā sati chando jāyati, chandajāto ussahati, ussahitvā tuleti, tulayitvā padahati, pahitatto samāno kāyena ceva paramasaccaṃ sacchikaroti paññāya ca naṃ ativijjha passati. Ettāvatā kho, bhāradvāja, saccānubodho hoti, ettāvatā saccamanubujjhati, ettāvatā ca mayaṃ saccānubodhaṃ paññapema; na tveva tāva saccānuppatti hotī’’ti.

433. ‘‘Ettāvattā, bho gotama, saccānubodho hoti, ettāvatā saccamanubujjhati, ettāvatā ca mayaṃ saccānubodhaṃ pekkhāma. Kittāvatā pana, bho gotama, saccānuppatti hoti, kittāvatā saccamanupāpuṇāti? Saccānuppattiṃ mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ pucchāmā’’ti. ‘‘Tesaṃye ¶ , bhāradvāja, dhammānaṃ āsevanā bhāvanā bahulīkammaṃ saccānuppatti hoti. Ettāvatā kho, bhāradvāja, saccānuppatti hoti, ettāvatā saccamanupāpuṇāti, ettāvatā ca mayaṃ saccānuppattiṃ paññapemā’’ti.

434. ‘‘Ettāvatā, bho gotama, saccānuppatti hoti, ettāvatā saccamanupāpuṇāti, ettāvatā ca mayaṃ saccānuppattiṃ pekkhāma. Saccānuppattiyā pana, bho gotama, katamo dhammo bahukāro? Saccānuppattiyā bahukāraṃ dhammaṃ mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ pucchāmā’’ti. ‘‘Saccānuppattiyā ¶ kho, bhāradvāja, padhānaṃ bahukāraṃ. No cetaṃ padaheyya, nayidaṃ saccamanupāpuṇeyya. Yasmā ca kho padahati tasmā saccamanupāpuṇāti. Tasmā saccānuppattiyā padhānaṃ bahukāra’’nti.

‘‘Padhānassa pana, bho gotama, katamo dhammo bahukāro? Padhānassa bahukāraṃ dhammaṃ mayaṃ bhavantaṃ ¶ gotamaṃ pucchāmā’’ti. ‘‘Padhānassa kho, bhāradvāja, tulanā ¶ bahukārā. No cetaṃ tuleyya, nayidaṃ padaheyya. Yasmā ca kho tuleti tasmā padahati. Tasmā padhānassa tulanā bahukārā’’ti.

‘‘Tulanāya pana, bho gotama, katamo dhammo bahukāro? Tulanāya bahukāraṃ dhammaṃ mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ pucchāmā’’ti. ‘‘Tulanāya kho, bhāradvāja, ussāho bahukāro. No cetaṃ ussaheyya, nayidaṃ tuleyya. Yasmā ca kho ussahati tasmā tuleti. Tasmā tulanāya ussāho bahukāro’’ti.

‘‘Ussāhassa pana, bho gotama, katamo dhammo bahukāro? Ussāhassa bahukāraṃ dhammaṃ mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ pucchāmā’’ti. ‘‘Ussāhassa kho, bhāradvāja, chando bahukāro. No cetaṃ chando jāyetha, nayidaṃ ussaheyya. Yasmā ca kho chando jāyati tasmā ussahati. Tasmā ussāhassa chando bahukāro’’ti.

‘‘Chandassa pana, bho gotama, katamo dhammo bahukāro ¶ ? Chandassa bahukāraṃ dhammaṃ mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ pucchāmā’’ti. ‘‘Chandassa kho, bhāradvāja, dhammanijjhānakkhanti bahukārā. No cete dhammā nijjhānaṃ khameyyuṃ, nayidaṃ chando jāyetha. Yasmā ca kho dhammā ¶ nijjhānaṃ khamanti tasmā chando jāyati. Tasmā chandassa dhammanijjhānakkhanti bahukārā’’ti.

‘‘Dhammanijjhānakkhantiyā pana, bho gotama, katamo dhammo bahukāro? Dhammanijjhānakkhantiyā bahukāraṃ dhammaṃ mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ pucchāmā’’ti. ‘‘Dhammanijjhānakkhantiyā kho, bhāradvāja, atthūpaparikkhā bahukārā. No cetaṃ atthaṃ upaparikkheyya, nayidaṃ dhammā nijjhānaṃ khameyyuṃ. Yasmā ca kho atthaṃ upaparikkhati tasmā dhammā nijjhānaṃ khamanti. Tasmā dhammanijjhānakkhantiyā atthūpaparikkhā bahukārā’’ti.

‘‘Atthūpaparikkhāya pana, bho gotama, katamo dhammo bahukāro? Atthūpaparikkhāya bahukāraṃ dhammaṃ mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ pucchāmā’’ti. ‘‘Atthūpaparikkhāya kho, bhāradvāja, dhammadhāraṇā ¶ bahukārā. No cetaṃ dhammaṃ dhāreyya, nayidaṃ atthaṃ upaparikkheyya. Yasmā ca kho dhammaṃ dhāreti tasmā atthaṃ upaparikkhati. Tasmā atthūpaparikkhāya dhammadhāraṇā bahukārā’’ti.

‘‘Dhammadhāraṇāya pana, bho gotama, katamo dhammo bahukāro? Dhammadhāraṇāya bahukāraṃ dhammaṃ mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ pucchāmā’’ti. ‘‘Dhammadhāraṇāya ¶ kho, bhāradvāja, dhammassavanaṃ bahukāraṃ. No cetaṃ dhammaṃ suṇeyya, nayidaṃ dhammaṃ dhāreyya. Yasmā ca kho dhammaṃ suṇāti tasmā dhammaṃ dhāreti. Tasmā dhammadhāraṇāya dhammassavanaṃ bahukāra’’nti.

‘‘Dhammassavanassa pana, bho gotama, katamo dhammo bahukāro? Dhammassavanassa bahukāraṃ dhammaṃ mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ pucchāmā’’ti ¶ . ‘‘Dhammassavanassa kho, bhāradvāja, sotāvadhānaṃ bahukāraṃ ¶ . No cetaṃ sotaṃ odaheyya, nayidaṃ dhammaṃ suṇeyya. Yasmā ca kho sotaṃ odahati tasmā dhammaṃ suṇāti. Tasmā dhammassavanassa sotāvadhānaṃ bahukāra’’nti.

‘‘Sotāvadhānassa pana, bho gotama, katamo dhammo bahukāro? Sotāvadhānassa bahukāraṃ dhammaṃ mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ pucchāmā’’ti. ‘‘Sotāvadhānassa kho, bhāradvāja, payirupāsanā bahukārā. No cetaṃ payirupāseyya, nayidaṃ sotaṃ odaheyya. Yasmā ca kho payirupāsati tasmā sotaṃ odahati. Tasmā sotāvadhānassa payirupāsanā bahukārā’’ti.

‘‘Payirupāsanāya pana, bho gotama, katamo dhammo bahukāro? Payirupāsanāya bahukāraṃ dhammaṃ mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ pucchāmā’’ti. ‘‘Payirupāsanāya kho, bhāradvāja, upasaṅkamanaṃ bahukāraṃ. No cetaṃ upasaṅkameyya, nayidaṃ payirupāseyya. Yasmā ca kho upasaṅkamati tasmā payirupāsati. Tasmā payirupāsanāya upasaṅkamanaṃ bahukāra’’nti.

‘‘Upasaṅkamanassa pana, bho gotama, katamo dhammo bahukāro? Upasaṅkamanassa bahukāraṃ dhammaṃ mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ pucchāmā’’ti. ‘‘Upasaṅkamanassa kho, bhāradvāja, saddhā bahukārā. No cetaṃ saddhā jāyetha, nayidaṃ upasaṅkameyya. Yasmā ca kho saddhā jāyati tasmā upasaṅkamati. Tasmā upasaṅkamanassa saddhā bahukārā’’ti.

435. ‘‘Saccānurakkhaṇaṃ ¶ mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ apucchimha, saccānurakkhaṇaṃ ¶ bhavaṃ gotamo byākāsi; tañca panamhākaṃ ruccati ceva khamati ca tena camha attamanā. Saccānubodhaṃ mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ apucchimha, saccānubodhaṃ bhavaṃ gotamo byākāsi; tañca panamhākaṃ ruccati ceva khamati ca tena camha attamanā. Saccānuppattiṃ mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ apucchimha, saccānuppattiṃ bhavaṃ gotamo byākāsi; tañca panamhākaṃ ruccati ceva khamati ca tena camha attamanā ¶ . Saccānuppattiyā bahukāraṃ dhammaṃ mayaṃ bhavantaṃ ¶ gotamaṃ apucchimha, saccānuppattiyā bahukāraṃ dhammaṃ bhavaṃ gotamo byākāsi; tañca panamhākaṃ ruccati ceva khamati ca tena camha attamanā. Yaṃyadeva ca mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ apucchimha taṃtadeva bhavaṃ gotamo byākāsi; tañca panamhākaṃ ruccati ceva khamati ca tena camha attamanā. Mayañhi, bho gotama, pubbe evaṃ jānāma – ‘ke ca muṇḍakā samaṇakā ibbhā kaṇhā bandhupādāpaccā, ke ca dhammassa aññātāro’ti? Ajanesi vata me bhavaṃ gotamo samaṇesu samaṇapemaṃ, samaṇesu samaṇapasādaṃ, samaṇesu samaṇagāravaṃ. Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama…pe… upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.

436. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho esukārī brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho esukārī brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘brāhmaṇā, bho gotama, catasso pāricariyā paññapenti – brāhmaṇassa pāricariyaṃ paññapenti, khattiyassa pāricariyaṃ paññapenti, vessassa pāricariyaṃ paññapenti, suddassa pāricariyaṃ paññapenti. Tatridaṃ, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇassa pāricariyaṃ paññapenti – ‘brāhmaṇo vā brāhmaṇaṃ paricareyya, khattiyo vā brāhmaṇaṃ paricareyya, vesso vā brāhmaṇaṃ paricareyya, suddo vā brāhmaṇaṃ paricareyyā’ti. Idaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇassa pāricariyaṃ ¶ paññapenti. Tatridaṃ, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā khattiyassa pāricariyaṃ paññapenti – ‘khattiyo vā khattiyaṃ paricareyya, vesso vā khattiyaṃ paricareyya, suddo vā khattiyaṃ paricareyyā’ti. Idaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā khattiyassa pāricariyaṃ paññapenti. Tatridaṃ, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā vessassa pāricariyaṃ paññapenti – ‘vesso vā vessaṃ paricareyya, suddo vā vessaṃ ¶ paricareyyā’ti. Idaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā vessassa pāricariyaṃ paññapenti ¶ . Tatridaṃ, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā suddassa pāricariyaṃ paññapenti – ‘suddova suddaṃ paricareyya. Ko panañño suddaṃ paricarissatī’ti? Idaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā suddassa pāricariyaṃ paññapenti. Brāhmaṇā, bho gotama, imā catasso pāricariyā paññapenti. Idha bhavaṃ gotamo kimāhā’’ti?

437. ‘‘Kiṃ pana, brāhmaṇa, sabbo loko brāhmaṇānaṃ etadabbhanujānāti – ‘imā catasso pāricariyā paññapentū’’’ti [paññapentīti (sī. ka.)]? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama’’. ‘‘Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, puriso daliddo [daḷiddo (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] assako anāḷhiyo. Tassa akāmassa bilaṃ olaggeyyuṃ – ‘idaṃ te, ambho purisa, maṃsaṃ khāditabbaṃ, mūlañca anuppadātabba’nti. Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, brāhmaṇā appaṭiññāya tesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ, atha ca panimā catasso pāricariyā paññapenti. Nāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, ‘sabbaṃ paricaritabba’nti ¶ vadāmi; nāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, ‘sabbaṃ na paricaritabba’nti vadāmi. Yaṃ hissa, brāhmaṇa, paricarato pāricariyāhetu pāpiyo assa na seyyo, nāhaṃ taṃ ‘paricaritabba’nti vadāmi; yañca khvāssa, brāhmaṇa, paricarato pāricariyāhetu seyyo assa na pāpiyo tamahaṃ ‘paricaritabba’nti vadāmi. Khattiyaṃ cepi, brāhmaṇa, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘yaṃ vā te paricarato pāricariyāhetu pāpiyo assa na seyyo, yaṃ vā te paricarato pāricariyāhetu seyyo assa ¶ na pāpiyo; kamettha paricareyyāsī’ti, khattiyopi hi, brāhmaṇa ¶ , sammā byākaramāno evaṃ byākareyya – ‘yañhi me paricarato pāricariyāhetu pāpiyo assa na seyyo, nāhaṃ taṃ paricareyyaṃ; yañca kho me paricarato pāricariyāhetu seyyo assa na pāpiyo tamahaṃ paricareyya’nti. Brāhmaṇaṃ cepi, brāhmaṇa…pe… vessaṃ cepi, brāhmaṇa…pe… suddaṃ cepi, brāhmaṇa, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘yaṃ vā te paricarato pāricariyāhetu pāpiyo assa na seyyo, yaṃ vā te paricarato pāricariyāhetu seyyo assa na pāpiyo; kamettha paricareyyāsī’ti, suddopi hi, brāhmaṇa, sammā byākaramāno evaṃ byākareyya – ‘yañhi me paricarato pāricariyāhetu pāpiyo assa na seyyo, nāhaṃ taṃ paricareyyaṃ; yañca kho me paricarato pāricariyāhetu seyyo assa na pāpiyo tamahaṃ paricareyya’nti. Nāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, ‘uccākulīnatā seyyaṃso’ti vadāmi, na panāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, ‘uccākulīnatā pāpiyaṃso’ti ¶ vadāmi; nāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, ‘uḷāravaṇṇatā seyyaṃso’ti vadāmi, na panāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, ‘uḷāravaṇṇatā pāpiyaṃso’ti vadāmi; nāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, ‘uḷārabhogatā seyyaṃso’ti vadāmi, na panāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, ‘uḷārabhogatā pāpiyaṃso’ti vadāmi.

438. ‘‘Uccākulīnopi hi, brāhmaṇa, idhekacco pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, kāmesumicchācārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, pisuṇāvāco hoti, pharusāvāco hoti, samphappalāpī hoti, abhijjhālu hoti ¶ , byāpannacitto hoti, micchādiṭṭhi hoti. Tasmā ‘na uccākulīnatā seyyaṃso’ti vadāmi. Uccākulīnopi hi, brāhmaṇa, idhekacco pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti, anabhijjhālu hoti, abyāpannacitto hoti, sammādiṭṭhi hoti. Tasmā ‘na uccākulīnatā pāpiyaṃso’ti vadāmi.

439. ‘‘Uḷāravaṇṇopi ¶ hi, brāhmaṇa…pe… uḷārabhogopi hi, brāhmaṇa, idhekacco pāṇātipātī hoti…pe… micchādiṭṭhi hoti. Tasmā ¶ ‘na uḷārabhogatā seyyaṃso’ti vadāmi. Uḷārabhogopi hi, brāhmaṇa, idhekacco pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… sammādiṭṭhi hoti. Tasmā ‘na uḷārabhogatā ¶ pāpiyaṃso’ti vadāmi. Nāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, ‘sabbaṃ paricaritabba’nti vadāmi, na panāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, ‘sabbaṃ na paricaritabba’nti vadāmi. Yaṃ hissa, brāhmaṇa, paricarato pāricariyāhetu saddhā vaḍḍhati, sīlaṃ vaḍḍhati, sutaṃ vaḍḍhati, cāgo vaḍḍhati, paññā vaḍḍhati, tamahaṃ ‘paricaritabba’nti (vadāmi. Yaṃ hissa, brāhmaṇa, paricarato pāricariyāhetu na saddhā vaḍḍhati, na sīlaṃ vaḍḍhati, na sutaṃ vaḍḍhati, na cāgo vaḍḍhati, na paññā vaḍḍhati, nāhaṃ taṃ ‘paricaritabba’nti) [( ) etthantare pāṭho sī. syā. kaṃ. pī. potthakesu natthi] vadāmī’’ti.

440. Evaṃ vutte, esukārī brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘brāhmaṇā, bho gotama, cattāri dhanāni paññapenti – brāhmaṇassa sandhanaṃ paññapenti, khattiyassa sandhanaṃ paññapenti, vessassa sandhanaṃ paññapenti, suddassa ¶ sandhanaṃ paññapenti. Tatridaṃ, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇassa sandhanaṃ paññapenti bhikkhācariyaṃ; bhikkhācariyañca pana brāhmaṇo sandhanaṃ atimaññamāno akiccakārī hoti gopova adinnaṃ ādiyamānoti. Idaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇassa sandhanaṃ paññapenti. Tatridaṃ, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā khattiyassa sandhanaṃ paññapenti dhanukalāpaṃ; dhanukalāpañca ¶ pana khattiyo sandhanaṃ atimaññamāno akiccakārī hoti gopova adinnaṃ ādiyamānoti. Idaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā khattiyassa sandhanaṃ paññapenti. Tatridaṃ, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā vessassa sandhanaṃ paññapenti kasigorakkhaṃ; kasigorakkhañca pana vesso sandhanaṃ atimaññamāno akiccakārī hoti gopova adinnaṃ ādiyamānoti. Idaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā vessassa sandhanaṃ paññapenti. Tatridaṃ, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā suddassa sandhanaṃ paññapenti asitabyābhaṅgiṃ; asitabyābhaṅgiñca pana suddo sandhanaṃ atimaññamāno akiccakārī hoti gopova adinnaṃ ādiyamānoti. Idaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā suddassa sandhanaṃ paññapenti. Brāhmaṇā, bho gotama, imāni cattāri dhanāni paññapenti. Idha bhavaṃ gotamo kimāhā’’ti?

441. ‘‘Kiṃ pana, brāhmaṇa, sabbo loko brāhmaṇānaṃ etadabbhanujānāti – ‘imāni cattāri dhanāni paññapentū’’’ti? ‘‘No ¶ hidaṃ, bho gotama’’. ‘‘Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, puriso daliddo ¶ assako anāḷhiyo. Tassa akāmassa bilaṃ olaggeyyuṃ – ‘idaṃ te, ambho purisa, maṃsaṃ khāditabbaṃ, mūlañca anuppadātabba’nti. Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, brāhmaṇā appaṭiññāya tesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ, atha ca panimāni cattāri dhanāni paññapenti. Ariyaṃ kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, lokuttaraṃ dhammaṃ purisassa sandhanaṃ paññapemi. Porāṇaṃ kho panassa mātāpettikaṃ kulavaṃsaṃ anussarato yattha yattheva ¶ attabhāvassa abhinibbatti hoti tena teneva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Khattiyakule ce attabhāvassa abhinibbatti hoti ‘khattiyo’tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; brāhmaṇakule ce attabhāvassa abhinibbatti hoti ‘brāhmaṇo’tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; vessakule ce attabhāvassa abhinibbatti hoti ‘vesso’tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; suddakule ce attabhāvassa abhinibbatti hoti ‘suddo’tveva ¶ saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, yaṃyadeva paccayaṃ paṭicca aggi jalati tena teneva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Kaṭṭhañce paṭicca aggi jalati ‘kaṭṭhaggi’tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; sakalikañce paṭicca aggi jalati ‘sakalikaggi’tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; tiṇañce paṭicca aggi jalati ‘tiṇaggi’tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; gomayañce paṭicca aggi jalati ‘gomayaggi’tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Evameva kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, ariyaṃ lokuttaraṃ dhammaṃ purisassa sandhanaṃ paññapemi. Porāṇaṃ kho panassa mātāpettikaṃ kulavaṃsaṃ anussarato yattha yattheva attabhāvassa abhinibbatti hoti tena teneva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati.

‘‘Khattiyakule ce attabhāvassa abhinibbatti hoti ‘khattiyo’tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; brāhmaṇakule ce attabhāvassa abhinibbatti hoti ‘brāhmaṇo’tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; vessakule ce attabhāvassa abhinibbatti hoti ‘vesso’tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; suddakule ce attabhāvassa abhinibbatti hoti ‘suddo’tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati.

‘‘Khattiyakulā ¶ cepi, brāhmaṇa, agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, so ca tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ āgamma pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, abrahmacariyā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti, anabhijjhālu hoti, abyāpannacitto hoti, sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ārādhako hoti ñāyaṃ dhammaṃ kusalaṃ.

‘‘Brāhmaṇakulā ¶ ¶ cepi, brāhmaṇa, agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, so ca tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ āgamma pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ārādhako hoti ñāyaṃ dhammaṃ kusalaṃ.

‘‘Vessakulā cepi, brāhmaṇa, agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, so ca tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ āgamma pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ārādhako hoti ñāyaṃ dhammaṃ kusalaṃ.

‘‘Suddakulā cepi, brāhmaṇa, agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, so ca tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ āgamma pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… ¶ sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ārādhako hoti ñāyaṃ dhammaṃ kusalaṃ.

442. ‘‘Taṃ ¶ kiṃ maññasi, brāhmaṇa, brāhmaṇova nu kho pahoti asmiṃ padese averaṃ abyābajjhaṃ mettacittaṃ bhāvetuṃ, no khattiyo no vesso no suddo’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama. Khattiyopi hi, bho gotama, pahoti asmiṃ padese averaṃ abyābajjhaṃ mettacittaṃ bhāvetuṃ; brāhmaṇopi hi, bho gotama… vessopi hi, bho gotama… suddopi hi, bho gotama… sabbepi hi, bho gotama, cattāro vaṇṇā pahonti asmiṃ padese averaṃ abyābajjhaṃ mettacittaṃ bhāvetu’’nti. ‘‘Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, khattiyakulā cepi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, so ca tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ āgamma pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ārādhako hoti ñāyaṃ dhammaṃ kusalaṃ.

‘‘Brāhmaṇakulā cepi, brāhmaṇa… vessakulā cepi, brāhmaṇa… suddakulā cepi, brāhmaṇa, agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, so ca tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ āgamma pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… ¶ sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ārādhako hoti ñāyaṃ dhammaṃ kusalaṃ.

443. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, brāhmaṇa, brāhmaṇova nu kho pahoti sottisināniṃ ādāya nadiṃ gantvā rajojallaṃ pavāhetuṃ, no khattiyo no vesso no suddo’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama ¶ . Khattiyopi hi, bho gotama, pahoti sottisināniṃ ādāya nadiṃ gantvā rajojallaṃ pavāhetuṃ; brāhmaṇopi hi, bho gotama… vessopi hi, bho gotama ¶ … suddopi hi, bho gotama… sabbepi hi, bho gotama, cattāro vaṇṇā pahonti sottisināniṃ ādāya nadiṃ gantvā rajojallaṃ pavāhetu’’nti. ‘‘Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, khattiyakulā cepi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, so ca tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ āgamma pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ārādhako hoti ñāyaṃ dhammaṃ kusalaṃ.

‘‘Brāhmaṇakulā cepi, brāhmaṇa… vessakulā cepi, brāhmaṇa… suddakulā cepi ¶ , brāhmaṇa, agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, so ca tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ āgamma pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ārādhako hoti ñāyaṃ dhammaṃ kusalaṃ.

444. ‘‘Taṃ ¶ kiṃ maññasi, brāhmaṇa, idha rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto nānājaccānaṃ purisānaṃ purisasataṃ sannipāteyya – ‘āyantu bhonto ye tattha khattiyakulā brāhmaṇakulā rājaññakulā uppannā sākassa vā sālassa vā salaḷassa vā candanassa vā padumakassa vā uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya aggiṃ abhinibbattentu, tejo pātukarontu; āyantu pana bhonto ye tattha caṇḍālakulā nesādakulā venakulā rathakārakulā pukkusakulā uppannā sāpānadoṇiyā vā sūkaradoṇiyā vā rajakadoṇiyā vā eraṇḍakaṭṭhassa vā uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya aggiṃ abhinibbattentu, tejo pātukarontū’’’ti?

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, brāhmaṇa, yo evaṃ nu kho so khattiyakulā brāhmaṇakulā rājaññakulā uppannehi sākassa vā sālassa vā salaḷassa vā candanassa vā padumakassa vā uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya aggi abhinibbatto tejo pātukato so eva nu khvāssa aggi accimā ceva vaṇṇavā ca pabhassaro ca tena ca sakkā agginā aggikaraṇīyaṃ ¶ kātuṃ; yo pana so caṇḍālakulā nesādakulā venakulā rathakārakulā pukkusakulā uppannehi sāpānadoṇiyā vā sūkaradoṇiyā vā rajakadoṇiyā vā eraṇḍakaṭṭhassa vā uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya aggi abhinibbatto tejo pātukato svāssa aggi na ceva accimā na ca vaṇṇavā na ca ¶ pabhassaro na ca tena sakkā agginā aggikaraṇīyaṃ kātu’’nti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama. Yopi hi so, bho gotama, khattiyakulā brāhmaṇakulā rājaññakulā uppannehi sākassa vā sālassa ¶ vā salaḷassa vā candanassa vā padumakassa vā uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya aggi abhinibbatto tejo pātukato svāssa aggi accimā ceva vaṇṇavā ca pabhassaro ca tena ca sakkā agginā aggikaraṇīyaṃ kātuṃ; yopi so caṇḍālakulā nesādakulā venakulā rathakārakulā pukkusakulā uppannehi sāpānadoṇiyā vā sūkaradoṇiyā vā rajakadoṇiyā vā eraṇḍakaṭṭhassa vā uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya aggi abhinibbatto tejo pātukato svāssa aggi accimā ceva vaṇṇavā ca pabhassaro ca tena ca sakkā agginā aggikaraṇīyaṃ kātuṃ. Sabbopi hi, bho gotama, aggi accimā ceva vaṇṇavā ca pabhassaro ca sabbenapi sakkā agginā aggikaraṇīyaṃ kātu’’nti.

‘‘Evameva ¶ kho, brāhmaṇa, khattiyakulā cepi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, so ca tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ āgamma ¶ pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ārādhako hoti ñāyaṃ dhammaṃ kusalaṃ. Brāhmaṇakulā cepi, brāhmaṇa… vessakulā cepi, brāhmaṇa… suddakulā cepi, brāhmaṇa, agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, so ca tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ āgamma pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, abrahmacariyā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti, anabhijjhālu hoti, abyāpannacitto hoti, sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ārādhako hoti ñāyaṃ dhammaṃ kusala’’nti.

Evaṃ vutte, esukārī brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama…pe… upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.

445. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto dakkhiṇāgirismiṃ cārikaṃ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ. Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu ¶ rājagahe vassaṃvuṭṭho [vassaṃvuttho (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] yena dakkhiṇāgiri yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ bhikkhuṃ āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca – ‘‘kaccāvuso, bhagavā arogo ca balavā cā’’ti? ‘‘Arogo cāvuso, bhagavā balavā cā’’ti. ‘‘Kacci panāvuso, bhikkhusaṅgho arogo ca balavā cā’’ti? ‘‘Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho, āvuso, arogo ca balavā cā’’ti. ‘‘Ettha, āvuso, taṇḍulapālidvārāya dhanañjāni [dhānañjāni (sī. pī.)] nāma brāhmaṇo atthi. Kaccāvuso ¶ , dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo arogo ca balavā cā’’ti? ‘‘Dhanañjānipi kho, āvuso, brāhmaṇo arogo ca balavā cā’’ti. ‘‘Kacci panāvuso, dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo appamatto’’ti? ‘‘Kuto panāvuso, dhanañjānissa brāhmaṇassa appamādo? Dhanañjāni, āvuso, brāhmaṇo rājānaṃ nissāya brāhmaṇagahapatike vilumpati, brāhmaṇagahapatike nissāya rājānaṃ vilumpati ¶ . Yāpissa bhariyā saddhā saddhakulā ānītā sāpi kālaṅkatā; aññāssa bhariyā assaddhā assaddhakulā ānītā’’. ‘‘Dussutaṃ vatāvuso, assumha, dussutaṃ vatāvuso, assumha; ye mayaṃ dhanañjāniṃ brāhmaṇaṃ pamattaṃ assumha. Appeva ca nāma mayaṃ kadāci karahaci dhanañjāninā brāhmaṇena saddhiṃ samāgaccheyyāma, appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo’’ti?

446. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto dakkhiṇāgirismiṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena rājagahaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena rājagahaṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ āyasmā sāriputto rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi ¶ . Tena kho pana samayena dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo bahinagare gāvo goṭṭhe duhāpeti. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto ¶ rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ito, bho sāriputta, payo, pīyataṃ tāva bhattassa kālo bhavissatī’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, brāhmaṇa. Kataṃ me ajja bhattakiccaṃ. Amukasmiṃ me rukkhamūle divāvihāro bhavissati. Tattha āgaccheyyāsī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho dhanañjāni ¶ brāhmaṇo āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosi. Atha kho dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo pacchābhattaṃ bhuttapātarāso yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho dhanañjāniṃ brāhmaṇaṃ āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca – ‘‘kaccāsi, dhanañjāni, appamatto’’ti? ‘‘Kuto, bho sāriputta, amhākaṃ appamādo yesaṃ no mātāpitaro ¶ posetabbā, puttadāro posetabbo, dāsakammakarā posetabbā, mittāmaccānaṃ mittāmaccakaraṇīyaṃ kātabbaṃ, ñātisālohitānaṃ ñātisālohitakaraṇīyaṃ kātabbaṃ, atithīnaṃ atithikaraṇīyaṃ kātabbaṃ, pubbapetānaṃ pubbapetakaraṇīyaṃ kātabbaṃ, devatānaṃ devatākaraṇīyaṃ kātabbaṃ, rañño rājakaraṇīyaṃ kātabbaṃ, ayampi kāyo pīṇetabbo brūhetabbo’’ti?

447. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, idhekacco mātāpitūnaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, tamenaṃ adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhetu nirayaṃ nirayapālā upakaḍḍheyyuṃ. Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṃ kho mātāpitūnaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṃ, mā maṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’ti ¶ , mātāpitaro vā panassa labheyyuṃ ‘eso kho amhākaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosi, mā naṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho sāriputta. Atha kho naṃ vikkandantaṃyeva niraye ¶ nirayapālā pakkhipeyyuṃ’’.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, idhekacco puttadārassa hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, tamenaṃ adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhetu nirayaṃ nirayapālā upakaḍḍheyyuṃ. Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṃ kho puttadārassa hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṃ, mā maṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’ti, puttadāro vā panassa labheyya ‘eso kho amhākaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ¶ ahosi mā naṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho sāriputta. Atha kho naṃ vikkandantaṃyeva niraye nirayapālā pakkhipeyyuṃ’’.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, idhekacco dāsakammakaraporisassa hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, tamenaṃ adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhetu nirayaṃ nirayapālā upakaḍḍheyyuṃ. Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṃ kho dāsakammakaraporisassa hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṃ, mā maṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’ti, dāsakammakaraporisā vā panassa labheyyuṃ ‘eso kho amhākaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosi, mā naṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho sāriputta. Atha kho naṃ vikkandantaṃyeva niraye nirayapālā pakkhipeyyuṃ’’.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, idhekacco mittāmaccānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, tamenaṃ adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhetu nirayaṃ ¶ nirayapālā upakaḍḍheyyuṃ. Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṃ kho mittāmaccānaṃ ¶ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṃ, mā maṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’ti, mittāmaccā vā panassa labheyyuṃ ‘eso kho amhākaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosi, mā naṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho sāriputta. Atha kho naṃ vikkandantaṃyeva niraye nirayapālā pakkhipeyyuṃ’’.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, idhekacco ñātisālohitānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, tamenaṃ adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhetu nirayaṃ nirayapālā upakaḍḍheyyuṃ. Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṃ kho ñātisālohitānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṃ, mā maṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’ti, ñātisālohitā vā panassa labheyyuṃ ‘eso kho amhākaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosi, mā naṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho sāriputta. Atha kho naṃ vikkandantaṃyeva niraye nirayapālā pakkhipeyyuṃ’’.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, idhekacco atithīnaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, tamenaṃ adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhetu nirayaṃ nirayapālā upakaḍḍheyyuṃ. Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṃ kho atithīnaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṃ, mā maṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’ti, atithī vā panassa labheyyuṃ ‘eso kho amhākaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosi, mā naṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho sāriputta. Atha kho naṃ vikkandantaṃyeva niraye nirayapālā pakkhipeyyuṃ’’.

‘‘Taṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, idhekacco pubbapetānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, tamenaṃ adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhetu nirayaṃ nirayapālā upakaḍḍheyyuṃ. Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṃ kho pubbapetānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṃ, mā maṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’ti, pubbapetā vā panassa labheyyuṃ ‘eso kho amhākaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosi, mā naṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho sāriputta. Atha kho naṃ vikkandantaṃyeva niraye nirayapālā pakkhipeyyuṃ’’.

‘‘Taṃ ¶ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, idhekacco devatānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, tamenaṃ adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhetu nirayaṃ nirayapālā upakaḍḍheyyuṃ. Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṃ kho devatānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṃ, mā maṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’ti, devatā vā panassa labheyyuṃ ‘eso kho amhākaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosi, mā naṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho sāriputta. Atha kho naṃ vikkandantaṃyeva niraye nirayapālā pakkhipeyyuṃ’’.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, idhekacco rañño hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, tamenaṃ adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhetu nirayaṃ nirayapālā upakaḍḍheyyuṃ. Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṃ kho rañño hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṃ, mā maṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’ti, rājā ¶ vā panassa labheyya ‘eso kho amhākaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosi, mā naṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho sāriputta. Atha kho naṃ vikkandantaṃyeva niraye nirayapālā pakkhipeyyuṃ’’.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, idhekacco kāyassa pīṇanāhetu brūhanāhetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, tamenaṃ adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhetu nirayaṃ nirayapālā upakaḍḍheyyuṃ. Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṃ kho kāyassa pīṇanāhetu brūhanāhetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṃ, mā maṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’ti, pare vā panassa labheyyuṃ ‘eso kho kāyassa pīṇanāhetu brūhanāhetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosi, mā naṃ nirayaṃ nirayapālā’’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho sāriputta. Atha kho naṃ vikkandantaṃyeva niraye nirayapālā pakkhipeyyuṃ’’.

448. ‘‘Taṃ ¶ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā mātāpitūnaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, yo vā mātāpitūnaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa; katamaṃ seyyo’’ti? ‘‘Yo hi, bho sāriputta, mātāpitūnaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, mātāpitūnaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo. Adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi, bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo’’ti. ‘‘Atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā ¶ kammantā, yehi sakkā mātāpitaro ceva posetuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjituṃ.

‘‘Taṃ ¶ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā puttadārassa hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, yo vā puttadārassa hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa; katamaṃ seyyo’’ti? ‘‘Yo ¶ hi, bho sāriputta, puttadārassa hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, puttadārassa hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo. Adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi, bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo’’ti. ‘‘Atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā kammantā yehi sakkā puttadārañceva posetuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjituṃ.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā dāsakammakaraporisassa hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, yo vā dāsakammakaraporisassa hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa; katamaṃ seyyo’’ti? ‘‘Yo hi, bho sāriputta, dāsakammakaraporisassa hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, dāsakammakaraporisassa hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo. Adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi, bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo’’ti. ‘‘Atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā kammantā, yehi sakkā dāsakammakaraporise ceva posetuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjituṃ.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā mittāmaccānaṃ hetu ¶ adhammacārī visamacārī assa, yo vā mittāmaccānaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa; katamaṃ seyyo’’ti? ‘‘Yo hi ¶ , bho sāriputta, mittāmaccānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, mittāmaccānaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo. Adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi, bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo’’ti. ‘‘Atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā kammantā, yehi sakkā mittāmaccānañceva mittāmaccakaraṇīyaṃ kātuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjituṃ.

‘‘Taṃ ¶ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā ñātisālohitānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, yo vā ñātisālohitānaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa; katamaṃ seyyo’’ti? ‘‘Yo ¶ hi, bho sāriputta, ñātisālohitānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, ñātisālohitānaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo. Adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi, bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo’’ti. ‘‘Atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā kammantā, yehi sakkā ñātisālohitānañceva ñātisālohitakaraṇīyaṃ kātuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjituṃ.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā atithīnaṃ hetu adhammacārī ¶ visamacārī assa, yo vā atithīnaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa; katamaṃ seyyo’’ti? ‘‘Yo hi, bho sāriputta, atithīnaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, atithīnaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo. Adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi, bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo’’ti. ‘‘Atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā kammantā, yehi sakkā atithīnañceva atithikaraṇīyaṃ kātuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjituṃ.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā pubbapetānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, yo vā pubbapetānaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa; katamaṃ seyyo’’ti? ‘‘Yo hi, bho sāriputta, pubbapetānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, pubbapetānaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo. Adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi ¶ , bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo’’ti. ‘‘Atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā kammantā, yehi sakkā pubbapetānañceva pubbapetakaraṇīyaṃ kātuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjituṃ.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā devatānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, yo vā devatānaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī ¶ assa; katamaṃ ¶ seyyo’’ti? ‘‘Yo hi, bho sāriputta, devatānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, devatānaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo ¶ . Adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi, bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo’’ti. ‘‘Atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā kammantā, yehi sakkā devatānañceva devatākaraṇīyaṃ kātuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjituṃ.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā rañño hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, yo vā rañño hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa; katamaṃ seyyo’’ti? ‘‘Yo hi, bho sāriputta, rañño hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, rañño hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo. Adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi, bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo’’ti. ‘‘Atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā kammantā, yehi sakkā rañño ceva rājakaraṇīyaṃ kātuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjituṃ.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā kāyassa pīṇanāhetu brūhanāhetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, yo vā kāyassa pīṇanāhetu brūhanāhetu dhammacārī samacārī assa; katamaṃ seyyo’’ti? ‘‘Yo hi, bho sāriputta, kāyassa pīṇanāhetu brūhanāhetu adhammacārī visamacārī ¶ assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, kāyassa pīṇanāhetu brūhanāhetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo. Adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi, bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo’’ti. ‘‘Atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā kammantā ¶ , yehi sakkā kāyañceva pīṇetuṃ brūhetuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjitu’’nti.

449. Atha kho dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo aparena samayena ābādhiko ahosi dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. Atha kho dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi ¶ – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa ¶ , yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi – ‘dhanañjāni, bhante, brāhmaṇo ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’ti. Yena cāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena āyasmato sāriputtassa pāde sirasā vandāhi – ‘dhanañjāni, bhante, brāhmaṇo ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So āyasmato sāriputtassa pāde sirasā vandatī’ti. Evañca vadehi – ‘sādhu kira, bhante, āyasmā sāriputto yena dhanañjānissa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ ¶ , bhante’’ti kho so puriso dhanañjānissa brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so puriso bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘dhanañjāni, bhante, brāhmaṇo ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’’ti. Yena cāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so puriso āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘dhanañjāni, bhante, brāhmaṇo ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So āyasmato sāriputtassa pāde sirasā vandati, evañca vadeti – ‘sādhu kira, bhante, āyasmā sāriputto yena dhanañjānissa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’’ti. Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā sāriputto tuṇhībhāvena.

450. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena dhanañjānissa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho āyasmā sāriputto dhanañjāniṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kacci te, dhanañjāni, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ? Kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti, no abhikkamanti? Paṭikkamosānaṃ paññāyati ¶ , no abhikkamo’’ti? ‘‘Na me, bho sāriputta, khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti. Abhikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo. Seyyathāpi, bho sāriputta ¶ , balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani [muddhānaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] abhimattheyya; evameva kho ¶ , bho sāriputta, adhimattā vātā muddhani ca ūhananti. Na me, bho sāriputta, khamanīyaṃ, na yāpanīyaṃ. Bāḷhā me ¶ dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti. Abhikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo. Seyyathāpi, bho sāriputta, balavā puriso daḷhena varattakkhaṇḍena [varattabandhanena (sī. pī.)] sīse sīsaveṭhaṃ dadeyya; evameva kho, bho sāriputta, adhimattā sīse sīsavedanā. Na me, bho sāriputta, khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti. Abhikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo. Seyyathāpi, bho sāriputta, dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā tiṇhena govikantanena kucchiṃ parikanteyya; evameva kho, bho sāriputta, adhimattā vātā kucchiṃ parikantanti. Na me, bho sāriputta, khamanīyaṃ, na yāpanīyaṃ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti. Abhikkamosānaṃ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo. Seyyathāpi, bho sāriputta, dve balavanto purisā dubbalataraṃ purisaṃ nānābāhāsu gahetvā aṅgārakāsuyā santāpeyyuṃ samparitāpeyyuṃ; evameva kho, bho sāriputta, adhimatto kāyasmiṃ ḍāho. Na me, bho sāriputta, khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti. Abhikkamosānaṃ paññāyati ¶ , no paṭikkamo’’ti.

451. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, katamaṃ seyyo – nirayo vā tiracchānayoni vā’’ti? ‘‘Nirayā, bho sāriputta, tiracchānayoni seyyo’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, katamaṃ seyyo – tiracchānayoni vā pettivisayo vā’’ti? ‘‘Tiracchānayoniyā, bho sāriputta, pettivisayo seyyo’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, katamaṃ seyyo – pettivisayo vā manussā vā’’ti? ‘‘Pettivisayā, bho sāriputta, manussā seyyo’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ ¶ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni ¶ , katamaṃ seyyo – manussā vā cātumahārājikā [cātummahārājikā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] vā devā’’ti? ‘‘Manussehi ¶ , bho sāriputta, cātumahārājikā devā seyyo’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, katamaṃ seyyo – cātumahārājikā vā devā tāvatiṃsā vā devā’’ti? ‘‘Cātumahārājikehi, bho sāriputta, devehi tāvatiṃsā devā seyyo’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, katamaṃ seyyo – tāvatiṃsā vā devā yāmā vā devā’’ti? ‘‘Tāvatiṃsehi, bho sāriputta, devehi yāmā devā seyyo’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, katamaṃ seyyo – yāmā vā devā tusitā vā devā’’ti? ‘‘Yāmehi, bho sāriputta, devehi tusitā devā seyyo’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, katamaṃ seyyo – tusitā vā devā nimmānaratī vā devā’’ti? ‘‘Tusitehi, bho sāriputta, devehi nimmānaratī devā seyyo’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, katamaṃ seyyo – nimmānaratī vā devā paranimmitavasavattī vā devā’’ti? ‘‘Nimmānaratīhi ¶ , bho sāriputta, devehi paranimmitavasavattī devā seyyo’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, katamaṃ seyyo paranimmitavasavattī vā devā brahmaloko vā’’ti? ‘‘‘Brahmaloko’ti [bhavaṃ sāriputto āhāti, katamaṃ sāriputto āha brahmalokoti. (ka.)] – bhavaṃ sāriputto āha; ‘brahmaloko’ti – bhavaṃ sāriputto āhā’’ti [bhavaṃ sāriputto āhāti, katamaṃ sāriputto āha brahmalokoti. (ka.)].

Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho brāhmaṇā brahmalokādhimuttā. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ dhanañjānissa brāhmaṇassa brahmānaṃ sahabyatāya maggaṃ deseyya’’nti. ‘‘Brahmānaṃ te, dhanañjāni, sahabyatāya maggaṃ desessāmi; taṃ suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosi. Āyasmā ¶ sāriputto etadavoca – ‘‘katamo ca, dhanañjāni, brahmānaṃ sahabyatāya maggo? Idha, dhanañjāni, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. Ayaṃ kho, dhanañjāni, brahmānaṃ sahabyatāya maggo’’.

452. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, dhanañjāni, bhikkhu karuṇāsahagatena cetasā…pe… muditāsahagatena cetasā… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ ¶ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. Ayaṃ kho, dhanañjāni, brahmānaṃ sahabyatāya maggo’’ti. Tena hi, bho sāriputta, mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi – ‘dhanañjāni ¶ , bhante, brāhmaṇo ābādhiko ¶ dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. So bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’ti. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto dhanañjāniṃ brāhmaṇaṃ sati uttarikaraṇīye hīne brahmaloke patiṭṭhāpetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo acirapakkante āyasmante sāriputte kālamakāsi, brahmalokañca upapajji.

453. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘eso, bhikkhave, sāriputto dhanañjāniṃ brāhmaṇaṃ sati uttarikaraṇīye hīne brahmaloke patiṭṭhāpetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkanto’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘dhanañjāni, bhante, brāhmaṇo ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno, so bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ sāriputta dhanañjāniṃ brāhmaṇaṃ sati ¶ uttarikaraṇīye hīne brahmaloke patiṭṭhāpetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkanto’’ti? ‘‘Mayhaṃ kho, bhante, evaṃ ahosi – ‘ime kho brāhmaṇā brahmalokādhimuttā, yaṃnūnāhaṃ dhanañjānissa brāhmaṇassa ¶ brahmānaṃ sahabyatāya maggaṃ deseyya’nti. ‘‘Kālaṅkatoca [kālaṅkatova (syā. kaṃ. ka.)], sāriputta, dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo, brahmalokañca upapanno’’ti.

454. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā icchānaṅgale [icchānaṅkale (sī. pī.)] viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā brāhmaṇamahāsālā icchānaṅgale paṭivasanti, seyyathidaṃ – caṅkī brāhmaṇo, tārukkho brāhmaṇo, pokkharasāti brāhmaṇo, jāṇussoṇi [jāṇussoṇī (pī.), jāṇusoṇī (ka.)] brāhmaṇo, todeyyo brāhmaṇo, aññe ca abhiññātā abhiññātā brāhmaṇamahāsālā. Atha kho vāseṭṭhabhāradvājānaṃ māṇavānaṃ jaṅghāvihāraṃ anucaṅkamantānaṃ anuvicarantānaṃ [anucaṅkamamānānaṃ anuvicaramānānaṃ (sī. pī.)] ayamantarākathā ¶ udapādi – ‘‘kathaṃ, bho, brāhmaṇo hotī’’ti? Bhāradvājo māṇavo evamāha – ‘‘yato kho, bho, ubhato sujāto mātito ca pitito ca saṃsuddhagahaṇiko yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena – ettāvatā kho, bho, brāhmaṇo hotī’’ti. Vāseṭṭho māṇavo evamāha – ‘‘yato kho, bho, sīlavā ca hoti vattasampanno [vatasampanno (pī.)] ca – ettāvatā kho, bho, brāhmaṇo hotī’’ti. Neva kho asakkhi bhāradvājo māṇavo vāseṭṭhaṃ māṇavaṃ saññāpetuṃ, na pana asakkhi vāseṭṭho māṇavo bhāradvājaṃ māṇavaṃ saññāpetuṃ. Atha kho vāseṭṭho māṇavo bhāradvājaṃ māṇavaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, bho bhāradvāja, samaṇo gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā ¶ pabbajito icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. Āyāma, bho bhāradvāja, yena samaṇo gotamo tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ etamatthaṃ pucchissāma. Yathā no samaṇo gotamo byākarissati tathā naṃ dhāressāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho bhāradvājo māṇavo vāseṭṭhassa māṇavassa paccassosi.

455. Atha kho vāseṭṭhabhāradvājā māṇavā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho vāseṭṭho māṇavo bhagavantaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi –

Padakasmā veyyākaraṇā [no byākaraṇā (syā. kaṃ. ka.)], jappe ācariyasādisā;

‘‘Te ¶ na sakkoma ñāpetuṃ [saññattuṃ (pī.), saññāpetuṃ (ka.)], aññamaññaṃ mayaṃ ubho;

Na soṇiyā na urasā, na sambādhe na methune [na sambādhā na methunā (ka.)].

‘‘Paccattañca sarīresu [paccattaṃ sasarīresu (sī. pī.)], manussesvetaṃ na vijjati;

Evaṃ vāseṭṭha jānāhi, pessako [pessiko (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] so na brāhmaṇo.

Saṅgātigaṃ visaṃyuttaṃ [visaññuttaṃ (ka.)], tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.

‘‘Chetvā naddhiṃ [naddhiṃ (sī. pī.)] varattañca, sandānaṃ sahanukkamaṃ;

Loke adinnaṃ nādeti [nādiyati (sī. pī.)], tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.

Nirāsāsaṃ [nirāsayaṃ (sī. pī.)] visaṃyuttaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.

Anejaṃ nhātakaṃ [nahātakaṃ (sī. pī.)] buddhaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.

Ajānantā no [ajānantā noti ajānantā eva (ṭīkā)] pabrunti [pabruvanti (sī. pī.)], jātiyā hoti brāhmaṇo.

‘‘Na jaccā brāhmaṇo [vasalo (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] hoti, na jaccā hoti abrāhmaṇo [brāhmaṇo (syā. kaṃ. ka.)];

Kammunā brāhmaṇo [vasalo (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] hoti, kammunā hoti abrāhmaṇo [brāhmaṇo (syā. kaṃ. ka.)].

461. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ vutte, vāseṭṭhabhāradvājā māṇavā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama! Seyyathāpi, bho gotama, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya – cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti – evamevaṃ bhotā gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Ete mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsake no bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gate’’ti.

462. Evaṃ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena subho māṇavo todeyyaputto sāvatthiyaṃ paṭivasati aññatarassa gahapatissa nivesane kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho subho māṇavo todeyyaputto yassa gahapatissa nivesane paṭivasati taṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, gahapati – ‘avivittā sāvatthī arahantehī’ti. Kaṃ nu khvajja samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā payirupāseyyāmā’’ti? ‘‘Ayaṃ, bhante, bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Taṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ payirupāsassū’’ti. Atha ¶ kho subho māṇavo todeyyaputto tassa gahapatissa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘brāhmaṇā, bho gotama, evamāhaṃsu – ‘gahaṭṭho ārādhako hoti ñāyaṃ dhammaṃ kusalaṃ, na pabbajito ārādhako hoti ñāyaṃ dhammaṃ kusala’nti. Idha bhavaṃ gotamo kimāhā’’ti?

463. ‘‘Vibhajjavādo kho ahamettha, māṇava; nāhamettha ekaṃsavādo. Gihissa vāhaṃ, māṇava, pabbajitassa vā micchāpaṭipattiṃ na vaṇṇemi. Gihī vā ¶ hi ¶ , māṇava, pabbajito vā micchāpaṭipanno micchāpaṭipattādhikaraṇahetu na ārādhako hoti ñāyaṃ dhammaṃ kusalaṃ. Gihissa vāhaṃ, māṇava, pabbajitassa vā sammāpaṭipattiṃ vaṇṇemi. Gihī vā hi, māṇava, pabbajito vā sammāpaṭipanno sammāpaṭipattādhikaraṇahetu ārādhako hoti ñāyaṃ dhammaṃ kusala’’nti.

‘‘Brāhmaṇā, bho gotama, evamāhaṃsu – ‘mahaṭṭhamidaṃ mahākiccaṃ mahādhikaraṇaṃ mahāsamārambhaṃ gharāvāsakammaṭṭhānaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti; appaṭṭhamidaṃ appakiccaṃ appādhikaraṇaṃ appasamārambhaṃ pabbajjā kammaṭṭhānaṃ appaphalaṃ hotī’ti. Idha bhavaṃ gotamo kimāhā’’ti.

‘‘Etthāpi ¶ kho ahaṃ, māṇava, vibhajjavādo; nāhamettha ekaṃsavādo. Atthi, māṇava, kammaṭṭhānaṃ mahaṭṭhaṃ mahākiccaṃ mahādhikaraṇaṃ mahāsamārambhaṃ vipajjamānaṃ appaphalaṃ hoti; atthi, māṇava, kammaṭṭhānaṃ mahaṭṭhaṃ mahākiccaṃ mahādhikaraṇaṃ mahāsamārambhaṃ sampajjamānaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti; atthi, māṇava, kammaṭṭhānaṃ appaṭṭhaṃ appakiccaṃ appādhikaraṇaṃ appasamārambhaṃ vipajjamānaṃ appaphalaṃ hoti; atthi, māṇava, kammaṭṭhānaṃ appaṭṭhaṃ appakiccaṃ appādhikaraṇaṃ appasamārambhaṃ sampajjamānaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti. Katamañca, māṇava ¶ , kammaṭṭhānaṃ mahaṭṭhaṃ mahākiccaṃ mahādhikaraṇaṃ mahāsamārambhaṃ vipajjamānaṃ appaphalaṃ ¶ hoti? Kasi kho, māṇava, kammaṭṭhānaṃ mahaṭṭhaṃ mahākiccaṃ mahādhikaraṇaṃ mahāsamārambhaṃ vipajjamānaṃ appaphalaṃ hoti. Katamañca, māṇava, kammaṭṭhānaṃ mahaṭṭhaṃ mahākiccaṃ mahādhikaraṇaṃ mahāsamārambhaṃ sampajjamānaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti? Kasiyeva kho, māṇava, kammaṭṭhānaṃ mahaṭṭhaṃ mahākiccaṃ mahādhikaraṇaṃ mahāsamārambhaṃ sampajjamānaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti. Katamañca, māṇava, kammaṭṭhānaṃ appaṭṭhaṃ appakiccaṃ appādhikaraṇaṃ appasamārambhaṃ vipajjamānaṃ appaphalaṃ hoti? Vaṇijjā kho, māṇava, kammaṭṭhānaṃ appaṭṭhaṃ appakiccaṃ appādhikaraṇaṃ appasamārambhaṃ vipajjamānaṃ appaphalaṃ hoti. Katamañca māṇava, kammaṭṭhānaṃ appaṭṭhaṃ appakiccaṃ appādhikaraṇaṃ appasamārambhaṃ sampajjamānaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti? Vaṇijjāyeva kho, māṇava, kammaṭṭhānaṃ appaṭṭhaṃ appakiccaṃ appādhikaraṇaṃ appasamārambhaṃ sampajjamānaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti.

464. ‘‘Seyyathāpi, māṇava, kasi kammaṭṭhānaṃ mahaṭṭhaṃ mahākiccaṃ mahādhikaraṇaṃ mahāsamārambhaṃ vipajjamānaṃ appaphalaṃ hoti; evameva kho, māṇava, gharāvāsakammaṭṭhānaṃ mahaṭṭhaṃ mahākiccaṃ mahādhikaraṇaṃ mahāsamārambhaṃ vipajjamānaṃ ¶ appaphalaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi, māṇava, kasiyeva kammaṭṭhānaṃ mahaṭṭhaṃ mahākiccaṃ mahādhikaraṇaṃ mahāsamārambhaṃ sampajjamānaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti; evameva kho, māṇava, gharāvāsakammaṭṭhānaṃ mahaṭṭhaṃ mahākiccaṃ mahādhikaraṇaṃ mahāsamārambhaṃ sampajjamānaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi, māṇava, vaṇijjā kammaṭṭhānaṃ appaṭṭhaṃ appakiccaṃ appādhikaraṇaṃ appasamārambhaṃ vipajjamānaṃ appaphalaṃ hoti; evameva ¶ kho, māṇava, pabbajjā kammaṭṭhānaṃ appaṭṭhaṃ appakiccaṃ appādhikaraṇaṃ appasamārambhaṃ vipajjamānaṃ appaphalaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi, māṇava, vaṇijjāyeva kammaṭṭhānaṃ appaṭṭhaṃ appakiccaṃ appādhikaraṇaṃ appasamārambhaṃ sampajjamānaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti; evameva kho ¶ , māṇava, pabbajjā kammaṭṭhānaṃ appaṭṭhaṃ appakiccaṃ appādhikaraṇaṃ appasamārambhaṃ sampajjamānaṃ mahapphalaṃ hotī’’ti.

‘‘Brāhmaṇā ¶ , bho gotama, pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya, kusalassa ārādhanāyā’’ti. ‘‘Ye te, māṇava, brāhmaṇā pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya, kusalassa ārādhanāya – sace te agaru – sādhu te pañca dhamme imasmiṃ parisati bhāsassū’’ti. ‘‘Na kho me, bho gotama, garu yatthassu bhavanto vā nisinno bhavantarūpo vā’’ti [nisinnā bhavantarūpā vāti (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)]. ‘‘Tena hi, māṇava, bhāsassū’’ti. ‘‘Saccaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya, kusalassa ārādhanāya. Tapaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā dutiyaṃ dhammaṃ paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya, kusalassa ārādhanāya. Brahmacariyaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā tatiyaṃ dhammaṃ paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya, kusalassa ārādhanāya. Ajjhenaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā catutthaṃ dhammaṃ paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya, kusalassa ārādhanāya. Cāgaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā ¶ pañcamaṃ dhammaṃ paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya, kusalassa ārādhanāya. Brāhmaṇā, bho gotama, ime pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya, kusalassa ārādhanāyāti. Idha bhavaṃ gotamo kimāhā’’ti?

465. ‘‘Kiṃ pana, māṇava, atthi koci brāhmaṇānaṃ ekabrāhmaṇopi yo evamāha – ‘ahaṃ imesaṃ pañcannaṃ dhammānaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā vipākaṃ pavedemī’’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama’’. ‘‘Kiṃ pana, māṇava, atthi koci brāhmaṇānaṃ ekācariyopi ekācariyapācariyopi yāva sattamā ācariyamahayugāpi yo evamāha – ‘ahaṃ imesaṃ pañcannaṃ dhammānaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā ¶ vipākaṃ pavedemī’’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama’’. ‘‘Kiṃ ¶ pana, māṇava, yepi te brāhmaṇānaṃ pubbakā isayo mantānaṃ kattāro mantānaṃ pavattāro yesamidaṃ etarahi brāhmaṇā porāṇaṃ mantapadaṃ gītaṃ pavuttaṃ samihitaṃ tadanugāyanti tadanubhāsanti bhāsitamanubhāsanti vācitamanuvācenti, seyyathidaṃ – aṭṭhako vāmako vāmadevo vessāmitto yamataggi aṅgīraso bhāradvājo vāseṭṭho kassapo bhagu, tepi evamāhaṃsu – ‘mayaṃ imesaṃ pañcannaṃ dhammānaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā vipākaṃ pavedemā’’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama’’.

‘‘Iti kira, māṇava, natthi koci brāhmaṇānaṃ ekabrāhmaṇopi yo evamāha – ‘ahaṃ imesaṃ pañcannaṃ dhammānaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā ¶ sacchikatvā vipākaṃ pavedemī’ti; natthi koci brāhmaṇānaṃ ekācariyopi ekācariyapācariyopi yāva sattamā ācariyamahayugāpi yo evamāha ¶ – ‘ahaṃ imesaṃ pañcannaṃ dhammānaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā vipākaṃ pavedemī’ti; yepi te brāhmaṇānaṃ pubbakā isayo mantānaṃ kattāro mantānaṃ pavattāro, yesamidaṃ etarahi brāhmaṇā porāṇaṃ mantapadaṃ gītaṃ pavuttaṃ samihitaṃ, tadanugāyanti tadanubhāsanti bhāsitamanubhāsanti vācitamanuvācenti, seyyathidaṃ – aṭṭhako vāmako vāmadevo vessāmitto yamataggi aṅgīraso bhāradvājo vāseṭṭho kassapo bhagu. Tepi na evamāhaṃsu – ‘mayaṃ imesaṃ pañcannaṃ dhammānaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā vipākaṃ pavedemā’ti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, māṇava, andhaveṇi paramparāsaṃsattā purimopi na passati majjhimopi na passati pacchimopi na passati; evameva kho, māṇava, andhaveṇūpamaṃ maññe brāhmaṇānaṃ bhāsitaṃ sampajjati – purimopi na passati majjhimopi na passati pacchimopi na passatī’’ti.

466. Evaṃ vutte, subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhagavatā andhaveṇūpamena vuccamāno kupito anattamano bhagavantaṃyeva khuṃsento bhagavantaṃyeva vambhento bhagavantaṃyeva vadamāno – ‘samaṇo gotamo pāpito bhavissatī’ti bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘brāhmaṇo, bho gotama, pokkharasāti opamañño subhagavaniko evamāha – ‘evameva ¶ panidhekacce [panimeke (sabbattha)] samaṇabrāhmaṇā uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ ¶ paṭijānanti. Tesamidaṃ bhāsitaṃ ¶ hassakaṃyeva sampajjati, nāmakaṃyeva sampajjati, rittakaṃyeva sampajjati, tucchakaṃyeva sampajjati. Kathañhi nāma manussabhūto uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ ñassati vā dakkhati vā sacchi vā karissatīti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’’ti?

‘‘Kiṃ pana, māṇava, brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti opamañño subhagavaniko sabbesaṃyeva samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānātī’’ti? ‘‘Sakāyapi hi, bho gotama, puṇṇikāya dāsiyā brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti opamañño subhagavaniko cetasā ceto paricca na pajānāti, kuto pana sabbesaṃyeva samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānissatī’’ti?

‘‘Seyyathāpi, māṇava, jaccandho puriso na passeyya kaṇhasukkāni rūpāni, na passeyya nīlakāni ¶ rūpāni, na passeyya pītakāni rūpāni, na passeyya lohitakāni rūpāni, na passeyya mañjiṭṭhakāni rūpāni, na passeyya samavisamaṃ, na passeyya tārakarūpāni, na passeyya candimasūriye. So evaṃ vadeyya – ‘natthi kaṇhasukkāni rūpāni, natthi kaṇhasukkānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī; natthi nīlakāni rūpāni, natthi nīlakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī; natthi pītakāni rūpāni, natthi pītakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī; natthi lohitakāni rūpāni, natthi lohitakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī; natthi mañjiṭṭhakāni rūpāni, natthi mañjiṭṭhakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī; natthi samavisamaṃ, natthi samavisamassa ¶ dassāvī; natthi tārakarūpāni, natthi tārakarūpānaṃ dassāvī; natthi candimasūriyā, natthi candimasūriyānaṃ dassāvī. Ahametaṃ na jānāmi, ahametaṃ na passāmi; tasmā taṃ natthī’ti. Sammā nu kho so, māṇava, vadamāno vadeyyā’’ti?

‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama. Atthi kaṇhasukkāni rūpāni, atthi kaṇhasukkānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī; atthi nīlakāni rūpāni, atthi nīlakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī; atthi pītakāni rūpāni, atthi pītakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī; atthi lohitakāni rūpāni, atthi lohitakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī; atthi mañjiṭṭhakāni rūpāni, atthi mañjiṭṭhakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī; atthi samavisamaṃ, atthi samavisamassa dassāvī; atthi tārakarūpāni, atthi tārakarūpānaṃ dassāvī ¶ ; atthi candimasūriyā, atthi candimasūriyānaṃ dassāvī. ‘Ahametaṃ na ¶ jānāmi, ahametaṃ na passāmi; tasmā taṃ natthī’ti; na hi so, bho gotama, sammā vadamāno vadeyyā’’ti.

‘‘Evameva kho, māṇava, brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti opamañño subhagavaniko andho acakkhuko. So vata uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ ñassati vā dakkhati vā sacchi vā karissatīti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati’’.

467. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, māṇava, ye te kosalakā brāhmaṇamahāsālā, seyyathidaṃ – caṅkī brāhmaṇo tārukkho brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti brāhmaṇo jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo pitā ca [vā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] te todeyyo, katamā nesaṃ seyyo [seyyā (syā. kaṃ.)], yaṃ vā te sammuccā ¶ [sammusā (sī. pī.)] vācaṃ bhāseyyuṃ yaṃ vā asammuccā’’ti? ‘‘Sammuccā, bho gotama’’.

‘‘Katamā ¶ nesaṃ seyyo, yaṃ vā te mantā vācaṃ bhāseyyuṃ yaṃ vā amantā’’ti? ‘‘Mantā, bho gotama’’.

‘‘Katamā nesaṃ seyyo, yaṃ vā te paṭisaṅkhāya vācaṃ bhāseyyuṃ yaṃ vā appaṭisaṅkhāyā’’ti? ‘‘Paṭisaṅkhāya, bho gotama’’.

‘‘Katamā nesaṃ seyyo, yaṃ vā te atthasaṃhitaṃ vācaṃ bhāseyyuṃ yaṃ vā anatthasaṃhita’’nti? ‘‘Atthasaṃhitaṃ, bho gotama’’.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, māṇava, yadi evaṃ sante, brāhmaṇena pokkharasātinā opamaññena subhagavanikena sammuccā vācā bhāsitā asammuccā’’ti [asammusā vāti (pī.) evamitarapañhattayepi vāsaddena saha dissati]? ‘‘Asammuccā, bho gotama’’.

‘‘Mantā vācā bhāsitā amantā vā’’ti? ‘‘Amantā, bho gotama’’.

‘‘Paṭisaṅkhāya vācā bhāsitā appaṭisaṅkhāyā’’ti? ‘‘Appaṭisaṅkhāya, bho gotama’’.

‘‘Atthasaṃhitā vācā bhāsitā anatthasaṃhitā’’ti? ‘‘Anatthasaṃhitā, bho gotama’’.

‘‘Pañca ¶ ¶ kho ime, māṇava, nīvaraṇā. Katame pañca? Kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ, byāpādanīvaraṇaṃ, thīnamiddhanīvaraṇaṃ uddhaccakukkuccanīvaraṇaṃ, vicikicchānīvaraṇaṃ – ime kho, māṇava, pañca nīvaraṇā. Imehi kho māṇava, pañcahi nīvaraṇehi brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti opamañño subhagavaniko āvuto nivuto ophuṭo [ovuto (sī.), ophuto (syā. kaṃ. pī.)] pariyonaddho. So vata uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ ñassati vā dakkhati vā sacchi vā karissatīti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.

468. ‘‘Pañca ¶ kho ime, māṇava, kāmaguṇā. Katame pañca? Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, sotaviññeyyā saddā…pe… ghānaviññeyyā ¶ gandhā… jivhā viññeyyā rasā… kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā – ime kho, māṇava, pañca kāmaguṇā. Imehi kho, māṇava, pañcahi kāmaguṇehi brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti opamañño subhagavaniko gathito mucchito ajjhopanno anādīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. So vata uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ ñassati vā dakkhati vā sacchi vā karissatīti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, māṇava, yaṃ vā tiṇakaṭṭhupādānaṃ paṭicca aggiṃ jāleyya yaṃ vā nissaṭṭhatiṇakaṭṭhupādānaṃ aggiṃ jāleyya, katamo nu khvāssa aggi accimā ceva vaṇṇavā ca pabhassaro cā’’ti? ‘‘Sace taṃ, bho gotama, ṭhānaṃ nissaṭṭhatiṇakaṭṭhupādānaṃ aggiṃ jāletuṃ, svāssa aggi accimā ceva vaṇṇavā ca pabhassaro cā’’ti. ‘‘Aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, māṇava, anavakāso yaṃ nissaṭṭhatiṇakaṭṭhupādānaṃ aggiṃ jāleyya aññatra iddhimatā. Seyyathāpi, māṇava, tiṇakaṭṭhupādānaṃ paṭicca aggi jalati tathūpamāhaṃ, māṇava, imaṃ pītiṃ vadāmi yāyaṃ pīti pañca ¶ kāmaguṇe paṭicca. Seyyathāpi, māṇava, nissaṭṭhatiṇakaṭṭhupādāno [nissaṭṭhatiṇakaṭṭhupādānaṃ paṭicca (sī. pī. ka.)] aggi jalati tathūpamāhaṃ, māṇava ¶ , imaṃ pītiṃ vadāmi yāyaṃ pīti aññatreva kāmehi aññatra akusalehi dhammehi.

‘‘Katamā ca, māṇava, pīti aññatreva kāmehi aññatra akusalehi dhammehi? Idha, māṇava, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayampi kho, māṇava, pīti aññatreva kāmehi aññatra akusalehi ¶ dhammehi. Puna caparaṃ, māṇava, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā…pe… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayampi kho, māṇava, pīti aññatreva kāmehi aññatra akusalehi dhammehi.

469. ‘‘Ye te, māṇava, brāhmaṇā pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāya, katamettha [kamettha (ka. sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] brāhmaṇā dhammaṃ mahapphalataraṃ paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāyā’’ti? ‘‘Yeme, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya ¶ kusalassa ārādhanāya, cāgamettha brāhmaṇā dhammaṃ mahapphalataraṃ paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāyā’’ti.

‘‘Taṃ ki maññasi, māṇava, idha aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito assa. Atha dve brāhmaṇā āgaccheyyuṃ – ‘itthannāmassa brāhmaṇassa mahāyaññaṃ anubhavissāmā’ti. Tatrekassa [tatthekassa (pī.)] brāhmaṇassa evamassa – ‘aho vata! Ahameva labheyyaṃ bhattagge aggāsanaṃ aggodakaṃ aggapiṇḍaṃ, na añño brāhmaṇo labheyya bhattagge aggāsanaṃ aggodakaṃ aggapiṇḍa’nti. Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, māṇava ¶ , vijjati yaṃ añño brāhmaṇo labheyya bhattagge aggāsanaṃ aggodakaṃ aggapiṇḍaṃ, na so brāhmaṇo labheyya bhattagge aggāsanaṃ aggodakaṃ aggapiṇḍaṃ. ‘Añño brāhmaṇo labhati bhattagge aggāsanaṃ aggodakaṃ aggapiṇḍaṃ, nāhaṃ labhāmi bhattagge aggāsanaṃ aggodakaṃ aggapiṇḍa’nti – iti so ¶ kupito hoti anattamano. Imassa pana, māṇava, brāhmaṇā kiṃ vipākaṃ paññapentī’’ti? ‘‘Na khvettha, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā evaṃ dānaṃ denti – ‘iminā paro kupito hotu anattamano’ti. Atha khvettha brāhmaṇā anukampājātikaṃyeva [anukampajātikaṃyeva (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] dānaṃ dentī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ sante, kho, māṇava, brāhmaṇānaṃ idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ puññakiriyavatthu hoti – yadidaṃ anukampājātika’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ sante, bho gotama, brāhmaṇānaṃ idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ puññakiriyavatthu hoti – yadidaṃ anukampājātika’’nti.

‘‘Ye te, māṇava, brāhmaṇā pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāya, ime tvaṃ pañca dhamme kattha bahulaṃ samanupassasi – gahaṭṭhesu vā pabbajitesu vā’’ti? ‘‘Yeme, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāya, imāhaṃ pañca dhamme pabbajitesu ¶ bahulaṃ samanupassāmi appaṃ gahaṭṭhesu. Gahaṭṭho hi, bho gotama, mahaṭṭho mahākicco mahādhikaraṇo mahāsamārambho, na satataṃ samitaṃ saccavādī ¶ hoti; pabbajito kho pana, bho gotama, appaṭṭho appakicco appādhikaraṇo appasamārambho, satataṃ samitaṃ saccavādī hoti. Gahaṭṭho hi, bho gotama, mahaṭṭho mahākicco mahādhikaraṇo mahāsamārambho na satataṃ samitaṃ tapassī hoti… brahmacārī hoti… sajjhāyabahulo hoti… cāgabahulo hoti; pabbajito kho pana, bho gotama, appaṭṭho appakicco appādhikaraṇo appasamārambho satataṃ samitaṃ tapassī hoti… brahmacārī hoti… sajjhāyabahulo hoti… cāgabahulo ¶ hoti. Yeme, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāya, imāhaṃ pañca dhamme pabbajitesu bahulaṃ samanupassāmi appaṃ gahaṭṭhesū’’ti.

‘‘Ye te, māṇava, brāhmaṇā pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāya cittassāhaṃ ete parikkhāre ¶ vadāmi – yadidaṃ cittaṃ averaṃ abyābajjhaṃ tassa bhāvanāya. Idha, māṇava, bhikkhu saccavādī hoti. So ‘saccavādīmhī’ti labhati atthavedaṃ, labhati dhammavedaṃ, labhati dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ. Yaṃ taṃ kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ, cittassāhaṃ etaṃ parikkhāraṃ vadāmi – yadidaṃ cittaṃ averaṃ abyābajjhaṃ tassa bhāvanāya. Idha, māṇava, bhikkhu tapassī hoti…pe… brahmacārī hoti…pe… sajjhāyabahulo hoti…pe… cāgabahulo hoti. So ‘cāgabahulomhī’ti labhati atthavedaṃ, labhati dhammavedaṃ, labhati dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ. Yaṃ taṃ kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ, cittassāhaṃ etaṃ parikkhāraṃ vadāmi – yadidaṃ cittaṃ averaṃ abyābajjhaṃ tassa bhāvanāya. Ye ¶ te māṇava, brāhmaṇā, pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāya, cittassāhaṃ ete parikkhāre vadāmi – yadidaṃ cittaṃ averaṃ abyābajjhaṃ tassa bhāvanāyā’’ti.

470. Evaṃ vutte, subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bho gotama – ‘samaṇo gotamo brahmānaṃ sahabyatāya maggaṃ jānātī’’’ti.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, māṇava, āsanne ito naḷakāragāmo, na yito dūre naḷakāragāmo’’ti?

‘‘Evaṃ, bho, āsanne ito naḷakāragāmo ¶ , na yito dūre naḷakāragāmo’’ti.

‘‘Taṃ, kiṃ maññasi māṇava, idhassa puriso naḷakāragāme jātavaddho [jātavaḍḍho (syā. kaṃ. ka.)]; tamenaṃ naḷakāragāmato tāvadeva avasaṭaṃ [apasakkaṃ (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] naḷakāragāmassa maggaṃ puccheyyuṃ; siyā nu kho, māṇava, tassa ¶ purisassa naḷakāragāme jātavaddhassa naḷakāragāmassa maggaṃ puṭṭhassa dandhāyitattaṃ vā vitthāyitattaṃ vā’’ti?

‘‘Amu hi, bho gotama, puriso naḷakāragāme jātavaddho. Tassa sabbāneva naḷakāragāmassa maggāni suviditānī’’ti. ‘‘Siyā nu kho, māṇava, tassa purisassa naḷakāragāme jātavaddhassa naḷakāragāmassa maggaṃ puṭṭhassa dandhāyitattaṃ ¶ vā vitthāyitattaṃ vāti, na tveva tathāgatassa brahmalokaṃ vā brahmalokagāminiṃ vā paṭipadaṃ puṭṭhassa dandhāyitattaṃ vā vitthāyitattaṃ vā. Brahmānañcāhaṃ, māṇava, pajānāmi brahmalokañca brahmalokagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ; yathāpaṭipanno ca brahmalokaṃ upapanno tañca pajānāmī’’ti ¶ .

‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bho gotama – ‘samaṇo gotamo brahmānaṃ sahabyatāya maggaṃ desetī’ti. Sādhu me bhavaṃ gotamo brahmānaṃ sahabyatāya maggaṃ desetū’’ti.

‘‘Tena hi, māṇava, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ bho’’ti kho subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –

471. ‘‘Katamo ca, māṇava, brahmānaṃ sahabyatāya maggo? Idha, māṇava, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. Evaṃ bhāvitāya kho, māṇava, mettāya cetovimuttiyā yaṃ pamāṇakataṃ kammaṃ na taṃ tatrāvasissati, na taṃ tatrāvatiṭṭhati. Seyyathāpi, māṇava, balavā saṅkhadhamo appakasireneva cātuddisā viññāpeyya [evameva kho māṇava evaṃ bhāvitāya mettāya (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī. dī. ni. 1.556) tathāpi idha pāṭhoyeva upamāya saṃsandiyamāno paripuṇṇo viya dissati]; evameva kho, māṇava…pe… evaṃ bhāvitāya kho, māṇava, mettāya [evameva kho māṇava evaṃ bhāvitāya mettāya (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī. dī. ni. 1.556) tathāpi idha pāṭhoyeva upamāya saṃsandiyamāno paripuṇṇo viya dissati] cetovimuttiyā yaṃ pamāṇakataṃ ¶ kammaṃ na taṃ tatrāvasissati, na taṃ tatrāvatiṭṭhati. Ayampi kho, māṇava, brahmānaṃ sahabyatāya maggo. ‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, māṇava, bhikkhu karuṇāsahagatena cetasā…pe… muditāsahagatena cetasā…pe… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena ¶ mahaggatena appamāṇena ¶ averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. Evaṃ bhāvitāya kho, māṇava, upekkhāya cetovimuttiyā yaṃ pamāṇakataṃ kammaṃ na taṃ tatrāvasissati, na taṃ tatrāvatiṭṭhati. Seyyathāpi, māṇava, balavā saṅkhadhamo appakasireneva cātuddisā viññāpeyya; evameva kho, māṇava…pe… evaṃ bhāvitāya kho, māṇava, upekkhāya cetovimuttiyā yaṃ pamāṇakataṃ kammaṃ na taṃ tatrāvasissati, na taṃ tatrāvatiṭṭhati. Ayampi kho, māṇava, brahmānaṃ sahabyatāya maggo’’ti.

472. Evaṃ vutte, subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama! Seyyathāpi, bho gotama, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya – cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti – evamevaṃ bhotā gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gataṃ. Handa, ca dāni mayaṃ, bho gotama, gacchāma; bahukiccā mayaṃ bahukaraṇīyā’’ti. ‘‘Yassadāni tvaṃ, māṇava, kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. Atha kho subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

Tena kho pana samayena jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo sabbasetena vaḷavābhirathena [vaḷabhīrathena (sī.)] sāvatthiyā niyyāti divā divassa. Addasā kho jāṇussoṇi ¶ brāhmaṇo subhaṃ māṇavaṃ todeyyaputtaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna subhaṃ māṇavaṃ todeyyaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘handa, kuto nu bhavaṃ bhāradvājo āgacchati divā divassā’’ti? ‘‘Ito hi kho ahaṃ, bho ¶ , āgacchāmi samaṇassa gotamassa santikā’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, bhavaṃ bhāradvājo, samaṇassa gotamassa paññāveyyattiyaṃ paṇḍito maññeti’’? ‘‘Ko ¶ cāhaṃ, bho, ko ca samaṇassa gotamassa paññāveyyattiyaṃ ¶ jānissāmi? Sopi nūnassa tādisova yo samaṇassa gotamassa paññāveyyattiyaṃ jāneyyā’’ti. ‘‘Uḷārāya khalu, bhavaṃ bhāradvājo, samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pasaṃsāya pasaṃsatī’’ti. ‘‘Ko cāhaṃ, bho, ko ca samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pasaṃsissāmi? Pasatthapasatthova so bhavaṃ gotamo seṭṭho devamanussānaṃ. Ye cime, bho, brāhmaṇā pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāya; cittassete samaṇo gotamo parikkhāre vadeti – yadidaṃ cittaṃ averaṃ abyābajjhaṃ tassa bhāvanāyā’’ti.

Evaṃ vutte, jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo sabbasetā vaḷavābhirathā orohitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘lābhā rañño pasenadissa kosalassa, suladdhalābhā rañño pasenadissa kosalassa yassa vijite tathāgato viharati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho’’ti.

473. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṃ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ. Tena kho pana samayena dhanañjānī [dhānañjānī (sī. pī.)] nāma brāhmaṇī cañcalikappe [maṇḍalakappe (sī.), paccalakappe (syā. kaṃ.), caṇḍalakappe (pī.)] paṭivasati abhippasannā buddhe ca dhamme ca saṅghe ca. Atha kho dhanañjānī brāhmaṇī upakkhalitvā tikkhattuṃ udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa. Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa. Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassā’’ti ¶ .

Tena kho pana samayena saṅgāravo nāma māṇavo cañcalikappe paṭivasati tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ ¶ , padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. Assosi kho saṅgāravo māṇavo dhanañjāniyā brāhmaṇiyā evaṃ vācaṃ bhāsamānāya. Sutvā dhanañjāniṃ brāhmaṇiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘avabhūtāva ayaṃ [avabhūtā cayaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] dhanañjānī brāhmaṇī, parabhūtāva ayaṃ [parābhūtā cayaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] dhanañjānī brāhmaṇī, vijjamānānaṃ (tevijjānaṃ) [( ) sī. syā. kaṃ. pī. potthakesu natthi] brāhmaṇānaṃ, atha ca pana tassa muṇḍakassa samaṇakassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsissatī’’ti [bhāsatīti (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī)]. ‘‘Na hi pana tvaṃ, tāta bhadramukha, tassa bhagavato sīlapaññāṇaṃ jānāsi. Sace tvaṃ, tāta bhadramukha, tassa bhagavato sīlapaññāṇaṃ jāneyyāsi, na tvaṃ, tāta bhadramukha, taṃ bhagavantaṃ akkositabbaṃ paribhāsitabbaṃ maññeyyāsī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhoti, yadā samaṇo gotamo cañcalikappaṃ anuppatto hoti atha ¶ me āroceyyāsī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhadramukhā’’ti kho dhanañjānī brāhmaṇī saṅgāravassa māṇavassa paccassosi.

Atha kho bhagavā kosalesu anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena cañcalikappaṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā cañcalikappe viharati todeyyānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ ambavane. Assosi kho dhanañjānī brāhmaṇī – ‘‘bhagavā kira cañcalikappaṃ anuppatto, cañcalikappe viharati todeyyānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ ambavane’’ti. Atha kho dhanañjānī brāhmaṇī yena saṅgāravo māṇavo tenupasaṅkami ¶ ; upasaṅkamitvā saṅgāravaṃ māṇavaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ, tāta bhadramukha, so bhagavā cañcalikappaṃ anuppatto, cañcalikappe viharati todeyyānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ ambavane. Yassadāni, tāta bhadramukha, kālaṃ maññasī’’ti.

474. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho saṅgāravo māṇavo dhanañjāniyā brāhmaṇiyā paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ ¶ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho saṅgāravo māṇavo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘santi kho, bho gotama, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā diṭṭhadhammābhiññāvosānapāramippattā, ādibrahmacariyaṃ paṭijānanti. Tatra, bho gotama, ye ¶ te samaṇabrāhmaṇā diṭṭhadhammābhiññāvosānapāramippattā, ādibrahmacariyaṃ paṭijānanti, tesaṃ bhavaṃ gotamo katamo’’ti? ‘‘Diṭṭhadhammābhiññāvosānapāramippattānaṃ, ādibrahmacariyaṃ paṭijānantānampi ¶ kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, vemattaṃ vadāmi. Santi, bhāradvāja, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā anussavikā. Te anussavena diṭṭhadhammābhiññāvosānapāramippattā, ādibrahmacariyaṃ paṭijānanti; seyyathāpi brāhmaṇā tevijjā. Santi pana, bhāradvāja, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kevalaṃ saddhāmattakena diṭṭhadhammābhiññāvosānapāramippattā, ādibrahmacariyaṃ paṭijānanti; seyyathāpi takkī vīmaṃsī. Santi, bhāradvāja, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu sāmaṃyeva dhammaṃ abhiññāya diṭṭhadhammābhiññāvosānapāramippattā, ādibrahmacariyaṃ paṭijānanti. Tatra, bhāradvāja, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu sāmaṃyeva dhammaṃ abhiññāya diṭṭhadhammābhiññāvosānapāramippattā, ādibrahmacariyaṃ paṭijānanti, tesāhamasmi. Tadamināpetaṃ, bhāradvāja, pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu sāmaṃyeva dhammaṃ abhiññāya diṭṭhadhammābhiññāvosānapāramippattā, ādibrahmacariyaṃ paṭijānanti, tesāhamasmi.

475. ‘‘Idha me, bhāradvāja, pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etadahosi – ‘sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho, abbhokāso pabbajjā. Nayidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ ¶ pabbajeyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, aparena ¶ samayena daharova samāno susukāḷakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato ¶ paṭhamena vayasā akāmakānaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ assumukhānaṃ rudantānaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajiṃ. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno kiṃkusalagavesī anuttaraṃ santivarapadaṃ pariyesamāno yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘icchāmahaṃ, āvuso kālāma, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṃ caritu’nti. Evaṃ vutte, bhāradvāja, āḷāro kālāmo maṃ etadavoca – ‘viharatāyasmā. Tādiso ayaṃ dhammo yattha viññū puriso nacirasseva sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ sayaṃ ¶ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, nacirasseva khippameva taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇiṃ. So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, tāvatakeneva oṭṭhapahatamattena lapitalāpanamattena ‘ñāṇavādañca vadāmi, theravādañca jānāmi, passāmī’ti ca paṭijānāmi, ahañceva aññe ca. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, etadahosi – ‘na kho āḷāro kālāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ kevalaṃ saddhāmattakena sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedeti; addhā āḷāro kālāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ jānaṃ passaṃ viharatī’ti.

‘‘Atha khvāhaṃ, bhāradvāja, yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘kittāvatā no, āvuso kālāma, imaṃ dhammaṃ ¶ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti? Evaṃ vutte, bhāradvāja, āḷāro kālāmo ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ pavedesi. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, etadahosi – ‘na kho āḷārasseva kālāmassa atthi saddhā, mayhaṃpatthi saddhā; na kho āḷārasseva kālāmassa atthi vīriyaṃ…pe… sati… samādhi… paññā, mayhaṃpatthi paññā. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ yaṃ dhammaṃ āḷāro kālāmo sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedeti tassa dhammassa sacchikiriyāya padaheyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, nacirasseva khippameva taṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsiṃ. Atha khvāhaṃ, bhāradvāja, yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘ettāvatā no, āvuso kālāma, imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti? ‘Ettāvatā kho ahaṃ, āvuso, imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemī’ti. ‘Ahampi kho, āvuso, ettāvatā imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmī’ti. ‘Lābhā no, āvuso, suladdhaṃ no, āvuso, ye mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ tādisaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ passāma. Iti yāhaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemi taṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharasi; yaṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharasi tamahaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja ¶ pavedemi. Iti yāhaṃ dhammaṃ jānāmi ¶ taṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ jānāsi, yaṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ jānāsi tamahaṃ dhammaṃ jānāmi ¶ . Iti yādiso ahaṃ tādiso tuvaṃ, yādiso tuvaṃ tādiso ahaṃ. Ehi dāni, āvuso, ubhova santā imaṃ gaṇaṃ pariharāmā’ti. Iti kho, bhāradvāja, āḷāro kālāmo ācariyo me samāno attano antevāsiṃ maṃ samānaṃ attanā samasamaṃ ṭhapesi, uḷārāya ca maṃ pūjāya pūjesi. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, etadahosi – ‘nāyaṃ dhammo nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattati, yāvadeva ākiñcaññāyatanūpapattiyā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, taṃ dhammaṃ analaṅkaritvā tasmā dhammā nibbijja apakkamiṃ.

476. ‘‘So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, kiṃkusalagavesī anuttaraṃ santivarapadaṃ pariyesamāno yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṃ rāmaputtaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘icchāmahaṃ, āvuso [passa ma. ni. 1.278 pāsarāsisutte], imasmiṃ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṃ caritu’nti. Evaṃ vutte, bhāradvāja, udako rāmaputto maṃ etadavoca – ‘viharatāyasmā. Tādiso ayaṃ dhammo yattha viññū puriso nacirasseva sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, nacirasseva khippameva taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇiṃ. So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, tāvatakeneva oṭṭhapahatamattena lapitalāpanamattena ‘ñāṇavādañca vadāmi, theravādañca jānāmi, passāmī’ti ca paṭijānāmi, ahañceva aññe ca ¶ . Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, etadahosi – ‘na kho rāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ kevalaṃ saddhāmattakena sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesi; addhā rāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ jānaṃ passaṃ vihāsī’ti. Atha khvāhaṃ, bhāradvāja, yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṃ rāmaputtaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘kittāvatā no, āvuso, rāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti? Evaṃ vutte, bhāradvāja, udako rāmaputto nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ pavedesi. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, etadahosi – ‘na kho rāmasseva ahosi saddhā, mayhaṃpatthi saddhā; na kho rāmasseva ahosi vīriyaṃ…pe… sati… samādhi… paññā, mayhaṃpatthi paññā. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ yaṃ dhammaṃ rāmo sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja ¶ viharāmīti pavedesi tassa dhammassa sacchikiriyāya padaheyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, nacirasseva khippameva taṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsiṃ.

‘‘Atha khvāhaṃ, bhāradvāja, yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṃ rāmaputtaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘ettāvatā no, āvuso, rāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja ¶ pavedesī’ti? ‘Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, rāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti. ‘Ahampi kho, āvuso, ettāvatā imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmī’ti. ‘Lābhā no, āvuso, suladdhaṃ ¶ no, āvuso, ye mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ tādisaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ passāma. Iti yaṃ dhammaṃ rāmo sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesi taṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharasi; yaṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharasi taṃ dhammaṃ rāmo sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesi. Iti yaṃ dhammaṃ rāmo abhiññāsi taṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ jānāsi, yaṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ jānāsi taṃ dhammaṃ rāmo abhiññāsi. Iti yādiso rāmo ahosi tādiso tuvaṃ, yādiso tuvaṃ tādiso rāmo ahosi. Ehi dāni, āvuso, tuvaṃ imaṃ gaṇaṃ pariharā’ti. Iti kho, bhāradvāja, udako rāmaputto sabrahmacārī me samāno ācariyaṭṭhāne maṃ ṭhapesi, uḷārāya ca maṃ pūjāya pūjesi. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, etadahosi – ‘nāyaṃ dhammo nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattati, yāvadeva nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpapattiyā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, taṃ dhammaṃ analaṅkaritvā tasmā dhammā nibbijja apakkamiṃ.

477. ‘‘So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, kiṃkusalagavesī anuttaraṃ santivarapadaṃ pariyesamāno magadhesu anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena uruveḷā senānigamo tadavasariṃ. Tatthaddasaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ bhūmibhāgaṃ, pāsādikañca vanasaṇḍaṃ, nadiñca sandantiṃ setakaṃ supatitthaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ, samantā ¶ ca gocaragāmaṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, etadahosi – ‘ramaṇīyo vata, bho, bhūmibhāgo, pāsādiko ca vanasaṇḍo, nadī ca sandati setakā supatitthā ramaṇīyā, samantā ca gocaragāmo. Alaṃ vatidaṃ kulaputtassa padhānatthikassa padhānāyā’ti ¶ . So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, tattheva nisīdiṃ – ‘alamidaṃ padhānāyā’ti. Apissu maṃ, bhāradvāja, tisso upamā paṭibhaṃsu anacchariyā pubbe assutapubbā.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhāradvāja, allaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ sasnehaṃ udake nikkhittaṃ. Atha puriso āgaccheyya uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya – ‘aggiṃ abhinibbattessāmi, tejo pātukarissāmī’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, bhāradvāja, api nu so puriso amuṃ allaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ sasnehaṃ udake nikkhittaṃ uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṃ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama. Taṃ kissa hetu? Aduñhi, bho gotama, allaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ sasnehaṃ, tañca ¶ pana udake nikkhittaṃ; yāvadeva ca pana so puriso kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī assā’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, bhāradvāja, ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā kāyena ceva cittena ca kāmehi avūpakaṭṭhā viharanti, yo ca nesaṃ kāmesu kāmacchando kāmasneho kāmamucchā kāmapipāsā kāmapariḷāho so ca ajjhattaṃ na suppahīno hoti na suppaṭippassaddho, opakkamikā cepi te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayanti, abhabbāva te ñāṇāya dassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya. No capi te ¶ bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayanti abhabbāva te ñāṇāya dassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya. Ayaṃ kho maṃ, bhāradvāja, paṭhamā upamā paṭibhāsi anacchariyā pubbe assutapubbā.

478. ‘‘Aparāpi kho maṃ, bhāradvāja, dutiyā upamā paṭibhāsi anacchariyā pubbe assutapubbā. Seyyathāpi, bhāradvāja, allaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ sasnehaṃ ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṃ. Atha puriso āgaccheyya uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya – ‘aggiṃ abhinibbattessāmi, tejo pātukarissāmī’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, bhāradvāja, api nu so puriso amuṃ allaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ sasnehaṃ ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṃ uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṃ abhinibbatteyya tejo pātukareyyā’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama. Taṃ kissa hetu? Aduñhi, bho gotama, allaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ sasnehaṃ, kiñcāpi ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṃ; yāvadeva ca pana so puriso kilamathassa vighātassa ¶ bhāgī assā’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, bhāradvāja, ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā kāyena ceva cittena ca kāmehi vūpakaṭṭhā viharanti, yo ca nesaṃ kāmesu kāmacchando kāmasneho kāmamucchā kāmapipāsā kāmapariḷāho so ca ajjhattaṃ na suppahīno hoti na suppaṭippassaddho, opakkamikā cepi te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayanti, abhabbāva te ñāṇāya dassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya. No cepi te ¶ bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayanti, abhabbāva te ñāṇāya dassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya. Ayaṃ kho maṃ, bhāradvāja, dutiyā upamā paṭibhāsi anacchariyā pubbe assutapubbā.

479. ‘‘Aparāpi ¶ kho maṃ, bhāradvāja, tatiyā upamā paṭibhāsi anacchariyā pubbe assutapubbā. Seyyathāpi, bhāradvāja, sukkhaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ koḷāpaṃ ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṃ. Atha puriso āgaccheyya uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya – ‘aggiṃ abhinibbattessāmi, tejo pātukarissāmī’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, bhāradvāja, api nu so puriso amuṃ sukkhaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ koḷāpaṃ ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṃ uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṃ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ bho gotama. Taṃ kissa hetu? Aduñhi, bho gotama, sukkhaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ koḷāpaṃ, tañca pana ārakā udakā thale nikkhitta’’nti. ‘‘Evameva kho, bhāradvāja, ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā kāyena ceva cittena ca kāmehi vūpakaṭṭhā viharanti, yo ca nesaṃ kāmesu kāmacchando kāmasneho kāmamucchā kāmapipāsā kāmapariḷāho so ca ajjhattaṃ suppahīno hoti suppaṭippassaddho, opakkamikā cepi te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayanti, bhabbāva te ñāṇāya dassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya. No cepi te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā opakkamikā ¶ dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayanti, bhabbāva te ñāṇāya dassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya. Ayaṃ kho maṃ, bhāradvāja, tatiyā upamā paṭibhāsi anacchariyā pubbe assutapubbā. Imā kho maṃ, bhāradvāja, tisso upamā paṭibhaṃsu anacchariyā pubbe assutapubbā.

480. ‘‘Tassa ¶ mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ dantebhidantamādhāya, jivhāya tāluṃ āhacca, cetasā cittaṃ abhiniggaṇheyyaṃ abhinippīḷeyyaṃ abhisantāpeyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, dantebhidantamādhāya, jivhāya tāluṃ āhacca, cetasā cittaṃ abhiniggaṇhāmi abhinippīḷemi abhisantāpemi. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, dantebhidantamādhāya, jivhāya tāluṃ āhacca, cetasā cittaṃ abhiniggaṇhato abhinippīḷayato abhisantāpayato kacchehi sedā muccanti. Seyyathāpi, bhāradvāja, balavā puriso dubbalataraṃ purisaṃ sīse vā gahetvā khandhe vā gahetvā abhiniggaṇheyya abhinippīḷeyya abhisantāpeyya, evameva kho me, bhāradvāja, dantebhidantamādhāya, jivhāya tāluṃ āhacca, cetasā cittaṃ abhiniggaṇhato abhinippīḷayato abhisantāpayato kacchehi sedā muccanti. Āraddhaṃ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṃ hoti asallīnaṃ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā; sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato.

481. ‘‘Tassa ¶ ¶ mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ appāṇakaṃyeva jhānaṃ jhāyeyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, mukhato ca nāsato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, mukhato ca nāsato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu kaṇṇasotehi vātānaṃ nikkhamantānaṃ adhimatto saddo hoti. Seyyathāpi nāma kammāragaggariyā dhamamānāya adhimatto saddo hoti, evameva kho me, bhāradvāja, mukhato ca nāsato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu kaṇṇasotehi vātānaṃ nikkhamantānaṃ adhimatto saddo hoti. Āraddhaṃ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṃ hoti asallīnaṃ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā; sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato.

‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ appāṇakaṃyeva jhānaṃ jhāyeyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, mukhato ca ¶ nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu adhimatto kāyasmiṃ ḍāho hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhāradvāja, dve balavanto purisā dubbalataraṃ purisaṃ nānābāhāsu gahetvā aṅgārakāsuyā santāpeyyuṃ samparitāpeyyuṃ, evameva kho me, bhāradvāja, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu adhimatto kāyasmiṃ ḍāho hoti. Āraddhaṃ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṃ hoti asallīnaṃ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. Apissu maṃ, bhāradvāja, devatā disvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘kālaṅkato samaṇo gotamo’ti. Ekaccā ¶ devatā evamāhaṃsu – ‘na kālaṅkato samaṇo gotamo, api ca kālaṅkarotī’ti. Ekaccā devatā evamāhaṃsu – ‘na kālaṅkato samaṇo gotamo, nāpi kālaṅkaroti; arahaṃ samaṇo gotamo, vihārotveva so arahato evarūpo hotī’ti.

‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ sabbaso āhārupacchedāya paṭipajjeyya’nti. Atha kho maṃ, bhāradvāja, devatā upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ – ‘mā kho tvaṃ, mārisa, sabbaso āhārupacchedāya paṭipajji. Sace kho tvaṃ, mārisa, sabbaso āhārupacchedāya paṭipajjissasi, tassa te mayaṃ dibbaṃ ojaṃ lomakūpehi ajjhohāressāma. Tāya tvaṃ yāpessasī’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, etadahosi – ‘ahañceva kho pana sabbaso ajajjitaṃ paṭijāneyyaṃ, imā ca me devatā dibbaṃ ojaṃ lomakūpehi ajjhohāreyyuṃ, tāya cāhaṃ yāpeyyaṃ. Taṃ mamassa musā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, tā devatā paccācikkhāmi, ‘hala’nti vadāmi.

‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ thokaṃ thokaṃ āhāraṃ āhāreyyaṃ pasataṃ pasataṃ ¶ , yadi vā muggayūsaṃ, yadi vā kulatthayūsaṃ, yadi vā kaḷāyayūsaṃ, yadi vā hareṇukayūsa’nti. So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, thokaṃ thokaṃ āhāraṃ āhāresiṃ pasataṃ pasataṃ, yadi vā muggayūsaṃ ¶ , yadi vā kulatthayūsaṃ, yadi vā kaḷāyayūsaṃ, yadi vā hareṇukayūsaṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, thokaṃ thokaṃ āhāraṃ ¶ āhārayato pasataṃ pasataṃ, yadi vā muggayūsaṃ, yadi vā kulatthayūsaṃ, yadi vā kaḷāyayūsaṃ, yadi vā hareṇukayūsaṃ, adhimattakasimānaṃ patto kāyo hoti. Seyyathāpi nāma āsītikapabbāni vā kāḷapabbāni vā, evamevassu me aṅgapaccaṅgāni bhavanti tāyevappāhāratāya; seyyathāpi nāma oṭṭhapadaṃ, evamevassu me ānisadaṃ hoti tāyevappāhāratāya; seyyathāpi nāma vaṭṭanāvaḷī, evamevassu me piṭṭhikaṇṭako uṇṇatāvanato hoti tāyevappāhāratāya; seyyathāpi nāma jarasālāya gopānasiyo oluggaviluggā bhavanti, evamevassu me phāsuḷiyo oluggaviluggā bhavanti tāyevappāhāratāya; seyyathāpi nāma gambhīre udapāne udakatārakā gambhīragatā okkhāyikā dissanti, evamevassu me akkhikūpesu akkhitārakā gambhīragatā okkhāyikā dissanti tāyevappāhāratāya; seyyathāpi nāma tittakālābu āmakacchinno vātātapena saṃphuṭito hoti sammilāto, evamevassu me sīsacchavi saṃphuṭitā hoti sammilātā tāyevappāhāratāya. So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, ‘udaracchaviṃ parimasissāmī’ti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃyeva pariggaṇhāmi, ‘piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ parimasissāmī’ti udaracchaviṃyeva pariggaṇhāmi; yāvassu me, bhāradvāja, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya. So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja ¶ , ‘vaccaṃ vā muttaṃ vā karissāmī’ti tattheva avakujjo papatāmi tāyevappāhāratāya. So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, imameva kāyaṃ assāsento pāṇinā gattāni anumajjāmi. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, pāṇinā gattāni anumajjato pūtimūlāni lomāni kāyasmā papatanti tāyevappāhāratāya. Apissu maṃ, bhāradvāja, manussā disvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘kāḷo samaṇo gotamo’ti. Ekacce manussā evamāhaṃsu – ‘na kāḷo samaṇo gotamo, sāmo samaṇo gotamo’ti. Ekacce manussā evamāhaṃsu – ‘na kāḷo samaṇo gotamo napi sāmo, maṅguracchavi samaṇo gotamo’ti; yāvassu me, bhāradvāja, tāva parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto upahato hoti tāyevappāhāratāya.

482. ‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, etadahosi – ‘ye kho keci atītamaddhānaṃ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayiṃsu ¶ , etāvaparamaṃ, nayito bhiyyo; yepi hi keci anāgatamaddhānaṃ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayissanti, etāvaparamaṃ, nayito bhiyyo; yepi hi keci ¶ etarahi samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayanti, etāvaparamaṃ, nayito bhiyyo. Na kho panāhaṃ imāya kaṭukāya dukkarakārikāya adhigacchāmi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ. Siyā nu kho añño maggo bodhāyā’ti ¶ ? Tassa mayhaṃ bhāradvāja, etadahosi – ‘abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ pitu sakkassa kammante sītāya jambucchāyāya nisinno vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharitā. Siyā nu kho eso maggo bodhāyā’ti? Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, satānusāri viññāṇaṃ ahosi – ‘eseva maggo bodhāyā’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, etadahosi – ‘kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ tassa sukhassa bhāyāmi yaṃ taṃ sukhaṃ aññatreva kāmehi aññatra akusalehi dhammehī’ti? Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, etadahosi – ‘na kho ahaṃ tassa sukhassa bhāyāmi yaṃ taṃ sukhaṃ aññatreva kāmehi aññatra akusalehi dhammehī’ti.

483. ‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhāradvāja, etadahosi – ‘na kho taṃ sukaraṃ sukhaṃ adhigantuṃ evaṃ adhimattakasimānaṃ pattakāyena. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ oḷārikaṃ āhāraṃ āhāreyyaṃ odanakummāsa’nti. So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, oḷārikaṃ āhāraṃ āhāresiṃ odanakummāsaṃ. Tena kho pana maṃ, bhāradvāja, samayena pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū paccupaṭṭhitā honti – ‘yaṃ kho samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ adhigamissati taṃ no ārocessatī’ti. Yato kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, oḷārikaṃ āhāraṃ āhāresiṃ odanakummāsaṃ, atha me te pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū nibbijja pakkamiṃsu – ‘bāhulliko samaṇo gotamo padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāyā’ti.

‘‘So kho ahaṃ, bhāradvāja, oḷārikaṃ āhāraṃ āhāretvā balaṃ ¶ gahetvā vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsiṃ. Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ ¶ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsiṃ.

‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ¶ ṭhite āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmesiṃ. So anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarāmi, seyyathidaṃ – ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo…pe… iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarāmi. Ayaṃ kho me, bhāradvāja, rattiyā paṭhame yāme paṭhamā vijjā adhigatā, avijjā vihatā, vijjā uppannā; tamo vihato, āloko uppanno; yathā taṃ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato.

484. ‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte sattānaṃ ¶ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmesiṃ. So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi…pe… ayaṃ kho me, bhāradvāja, rattiyā majjhime yāme dutiyā vijjā adhigatā, avijjā vihatā, vijjā uppannā; tamo vihato, āloko uppanno; yathā taṃ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato.

‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmesiṃ. So ‘idaṃ dukkha’nti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ; ‘ime āsavā’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ. Tassa me evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccittha, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccittha, avijjāsavāpi ¶ cittaṃ vimuccittha. Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ ahosi. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti abbhaññāsiṃ. Ayaṃ kho me, bhāradvāja, rattiyā pacchime yāme tatiyā ¶ vijjā adhigatā, avijjā vihatā, vijjā uppannā; tamo vihato, āloko uppanno; yathā taṃ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato’’ti.

485. Evaṃ vutte, saṅgāravo māṇavo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘aṭṭhitavataṃ [aṭṭhita vata (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] bhoto gotamassa padhānaṃ ahosi, sappurisavataṃ [sappurisa vata (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] bhoto gotamassa padhānaṃ ahosi; yathā taṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. Kiṃ nu kho, bho gotama, atthi devā’’ti [adhidevāti (ka.) evaṃ sabbesu ‘atthi devā’tipadesu]? ‘‘Ṭhānaso metaṃ [kho panetaṃ (syā. kaṃ. ka.)], bhāradvāja, viditaṃ yadidaṃ – adhidevā’’ti [atthi devāti (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.), atidevāti (?) evaṃ sabbesu ‘adhidevā’tipadesu]. ‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, bho gotama, ‘atthi devā’ti puṭṭho samāno ‘ṭhānaso metaṃ, bhāradvāja ¶ , viditaṃ yadidaṃ adhidevā’ti vadesi. Nanu, bho gotama, evaṃ sante tucchā musā hotī’’ti? ‘‘‘Atthi devā’ti, bhāradvāja, puṭṭho samāno ‘atthi devā’ti ¶ yo vadeyya, ‘ṭhānaso me viditā’ti [ṭhānaso viditā me viditāti (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.), ṭhānaso me viditā atidevāti (?)] yo vadeyya; atha khvettha viññunā purisena ekaṃsena niṭṭhaṃ gantabbaṃ [gantuṃ (ka.), gantuṃ vā (syā. kaṃ.)] yadidaṃ – ‘atthi devā’’’ti. ‘‘Kissa pana me bhavaṃ gotamo ādikeneva na byākāsī’’ti [gotamo ādikeneva byākāsīti (ka.), gotamo atthi devāti na byākāsīti (?)]? ‘‘Uccena sammataṃ kho etaṃ, bhāradvāja, lokasmiṃ yadidaṃ – ‘atthi devā’’’ti.

486. Evaṃ vutte, saṅgāravo māṇavo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama! Seyyathāpi, bho gotama, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya – cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti – evamevaṃ bhotā gotamena anekapariyāyena ¶ dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ ¶ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.